From 2a8282d06d73c8e5175314014dc6e3ddbda7ecf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Mon, 23 Sep 2024 05:22:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 001/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (137 of 137 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index 69d3a0c9c..13781c015 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-24 06:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 

From b6f358967133ac15720054c2488b779ad12f86c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jonathan <4561747+gilgongo@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:43:38 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 002/138] Fix inconsistent "Software Manual" reference

---
 wiki/en/Getting-Started.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md
index dbaf45ee5..1eba99e58 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” bu
 
 Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use.
 
-More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual).
+More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual).
 
 ## Troubleshooting
 

From f98465e82e67e210a433ec0df8b4251032445ee0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jonathan <4561747+gilgongo@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:46:41 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 003/138] Consistent terms

---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index cd9baaf19..4339338cf 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 ---
 layout: wiki
-title: "Software Manual"
+title: "User Manual"
 lang: "en"
 permalink: "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 ---
-# Jamulus User Manual
+# User Manual
  {:.no_toc}
 
 This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server.

From e535722d0b6234648594a684ad42df57482be39d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jonathan <4561747+gilgongo@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:48:08 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 004/138] Consistent terms

---
 wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
index 7736f6c4b..2219f44ff 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **no
 
 Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have "monitor" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).
 
-Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the "Delay" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this.
+Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the "Delay" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this.
 
 ### Can't work out your mic settings?
 
@@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ Maybe you did not answer "Yes" to the `"Jamulus wants to access your microphone"
 
 ***
 
-For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)
+For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulus/jamulus/discussions)

From ddcddf00b1a77094168663a619604b179623f64c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Jonathan <4561747+gilgongo@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sat, 28 Sep 2024 08:01:01 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 005/138] Fixed link

Don't remember changing this in this commit though.
---
 wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
index 2219f44ff..fd05ebf3f 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md
@@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ Maybe you did not answer "Yes" to the `"Jamulus wants to access your microphone"
 
 ***
 
-For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulus/jamulus/discussions)
+For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)

From ad0a9425c32a7052182e8ec5833f00f9ffc67afa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:38:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 006/138] AUTO: Updated .po files

---
 .../po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po             |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po      |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po      | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po             |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po      |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po      | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po             |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po      |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po      | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po             |  4 ++--
 _translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po      |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po      | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po   |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po   | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  4 ++--
 _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po   |  2 +-
 _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po   | 10 ++--------
 .../po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po             |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po      |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po      | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  4 ++--
 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po   |  2 +-
 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po   | 14 ++++++--------
 .../po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  4 ++--
 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po   |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po   | 10 ++--------
 .../po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po   |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po   | 17 ++++++++---------
 .../po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po          |  8 ++++++--
 _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po   |  4 +++-
 _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po   | 17 ++++++++---------
 33 files changed, 153 insertions(+), 129 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 56784652b..5b2069457 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -342,7 +344,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage"
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
index 82d39e024..815f08cb6 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po
@@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nac
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
index a0a49d697..9f445454a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
@@ -35,16 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Software-Handbuch"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -889,6 +884,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Software-Handbuch"
+
 #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character."
 #~ msgstr "Du kannst die Liste nach Servernamen oder Standort filtern. Um nur belegte Server aufzulisten, gib ein „#“-Zeichen ein."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 4db62b78d..650b705b9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -169,7 +169,9 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -331,7 +333,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index 398633983..e44e3022f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -255,7 +255,9 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index 10c449ff2..d3742f26a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -35,16 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del Software"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -793,6 +788,10 @@ msgstr "Controlar el Cliente a través de API"
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Además de con la línea de comandos, Jamulus puede controlarse mediante una API. Esto es beneficioso para casos de uso avanzados - por ejemplo, cuando no hay interfaz gráfica, u otra aplicación necesita interactuar con Jamulus. Ten en cuenta que la API es aún experimental. Puedes encontrar información sobre la [API JSON-RPC en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Manual del Software"
+
 #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character."
 #~ msgstr "Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o ubicación. Para solo mostrar los servidores ocupados, escribe el caracter \"#\"."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 7a7185da6..20761c419 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -171,7 +171,9 @@ msgstr "La manière exacte dont vous éviterez d'écouter votre signal direct d
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -333,7 +335,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
index 4f2afb291..293f858b7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
@@ -258,7 +258,9 @@ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de tchate à tout moment pour
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index 69d3a0c9c..e7d1f43d2 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -38,16 +38,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manuel du logiciel"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Manuel du logiciel Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -801,6 +796,10 @@ msgstr "Contrôle du client via l'API"
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "En plus de la ligne de commande, Jamulus peut être contrôlé à l'aide d'une API. Ceci est utile pour les cas d'utilisation avancés - par exemple, lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'interface graphique, ou lorsqu'une autre application doit interagir avec Jamulus. Veuillez noter que l'API est encore expérimentale. Des informations sur l'[API JSON-RPC peuvent être trouvées dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Manuel du logiciel"
+
 #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character."
 #~ msgstr "Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour ne répertorier que les serveurs occupés, saisissez le caractère \"#\"."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index d1759ce2d..ae01f496c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po
index fbfa87e92..df20babb5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po
@@ -257,7 +257,9 @@ msgstr "Tieni presente che puoi utilizzare la funzione di chat in qualsiasi mome
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Ulteriori informazioni sull'utilizzo di Jamulus possono essere trovate nel [Manuale del software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
index 8f0876705..d0ee2a9aa 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
@@ -38,16 +38,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale del software"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Manuale utente di Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -791,3 +786,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Manuale del software"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 77ce98d8e..da9ab1669 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -171,7 +171,9 @@ msgstr "직접 신호를 듣지 않는 정확한 방법은 사운드 인터페
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "서버의 신호를 들으면서 다른 음악가와 동기화할 수 있지만 전체 대기 시간(Jamulus의 \"지연\" 표시등으로 표시됨)이 녹색이 아니거나 대부분 노란색인 경우에도 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. 시간. 이를 돕기 위해 설정을 조정하는 방법을 알아보려면 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)를 참조하세요."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -333,7 +335,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "그 밖의 사항은 [토론 포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에서 검색하거나 게시해 주세요"
 
 #~ msgid "TOC"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
index f0a3f6e1d..fec9a5036 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
@@ -255,7 +255,9 @@ msgstr "연결되어 있는 동안 언제든지 채팅 기능을 사용하여 
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
index 7606262d5..ba3dfb9b2 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
@@ -37,16 +37,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "소프트웨어 설명서"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 설명서"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -804,5 +799,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "소프트웨어 설명서"
+
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "목차"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 2cfa90624..3f7df8d74 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po
index 9c284c4e2..360ecbbac 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
index fbe3d47ee..cdef58f84 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
@@ -35,16 +35,10 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 0ff649c8f..445ca669d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -168,7 +168,9 @@ msgstr "Hoe je precies vermijdt om naar je directe signaal te luisteren, hangt a
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je naar het signaal van de server luistert, je ervoor zorgt dat je synchroon loopt met andere muzikanten maar dat je ook problemen kunt ondervinden als jouw algehele latency (aangegeven door het \"Vertraging\"-lampje in Jamulus) niet groen of op zijn minst geel is voor de meeste tijd. Raadpleeg de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual) om te begrijpen hoe je jouw installatie kunt aanpassen om hierbij te helpen."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -330,7 +332,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "Voor iets anders, zoek of post in de [discussie forums (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po
index 5fff3cccf..e7cc420ce 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po
@@ -253,7 +253,9 @@ msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat je de chatfunctie op elk moment kunt gebruiken
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Meer informatie over het gebruik van Jamulus vind je in de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
index b7fbb403b..d8f94878b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
@@ -33,16 +33,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Softwarehandleiding"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Jamulus gebruikershandleiding"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -794,6 +789,10 @@ msgstr "Client aansturen via API"
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Naast de opdrachtregelopties kan Jamulus worden bestuurd met behulp van een API. Dit is gunstig voor geavanceerde gebruikssituaties, bijvoorbeeld wanneer er geen GUI is of een andere toepassing moet communiceren met Jamulus. Houd er rekening mee dat de API nog steeds experimenteel is. Informatie over de [JSON-RPC API (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is te vinden in de hoofdrepository."
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Softwarehandleiding"
+
 #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character."
 #~ msgstr "Je kunt deze lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette servers weer te geven, voer je een \"#\"-teken in."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 348c20ea1..278b7c1cc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #~ msgid "TOC"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
index 9ce1ecff9..a22b1ecb8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
index 8e1253eea..47503f24a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
@@ -35,19 +35,13 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Manual do Software"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid ""
 #| "# Jamulus User Manual\n"
 #| " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr ""
 "# Manual do Usuário do Jamulus \n"
 " {:.no_toc}\n"
@@ -820,5 +814,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Manual do Software"
+
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "TOC"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index b5ebc5af6..d33e09b8d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po
index fed065dfb..ea407c848 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po
@@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ msgstr "Preste atenção que você pode usar a função Chat a qualquer momento
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Mais informações sobre como usar Jamulus você encontra no [Manual do software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
index 7621593f2..7be40a912 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
@@ -36,16 +36,10 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 8743066c9..89a837e20 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -169,7 +169,9 @@ msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta."
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -331,5 +333,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
index 763bbbcce..1551c49f3 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
@@ -254,7 +254,9 @@ msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att sk
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index 3714e3f4f..9881ff4a9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -34,16 +34,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -796,3 +791,7 @@ msgstr "Styra klienten via API"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Förutom CLI kan Jamulus styras med hjälp av ett API. Detta är fördelaktigt för avancerade användningsfall - till exempel där det inte finns något GUI eller en annan applikation behöver interagera med Jamulus. Observera att API:et fortfarande är experimentellt. Information om [JSON-RPC API finns i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index f1748e33a..8d62e125e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -171,7 +171,9 @@ msgstr "避免收听直接信号的具体方式取决于您的个人设置 - 您
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家同步，但如果您的整体延迟(由 Jamulus 中的“延迟”灯指示)不是绿色或至少大部分时间不是黄色，您也可能会遇到问题时间。请参阅 [软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual) 以了解如何调整您的设置以帮助解决此问题。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -333,7 +335,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "如有其他问题请在 [讨论区](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)搜索或发帖"
 
 #, no-wrap
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po
index 027eeb209..d52b0dfe8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po
@@ -256,7 +256,9 @@ msgstr "请注意，您可以在连接时随时使用聊天工具向其他人发
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr "关于使用 Jamulus 的更多信息可以在[软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual)中找到。"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
index 810b1ef48..dd76045bd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
@@ -37,16 +37,11 @@ msgstr "wiki"
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
-#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Software Manual"
-msgstr "软件手册"
-
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr "Jamulus 用户手册"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -802,6 +797,10 @@ msgstr "通过 API 控制客户端"
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "除了命令行界面（CLI）之外，Jamulus 还可以通过 API 进行控制。这对于高级用例非常有用，例如没有图形用户界面（GUI）的情况，或者其他应用程序需要与 Jamulus 进行交互的情况。请注意，该 API 仍处于实验阶段。有关 [JSON-RPC API 的信息可以在主存储库中找到](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。"
 
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "Software Manual"
+#~ msgstr "软件手册"
+
 #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character."
 #~ msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的服务器，请输入 “#” 字符。"
 

From 23ded6f2fd534867e53a87595fc41d6c0f6f1035 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Mon, 23 Sep 2024 05:22:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 007/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (137 of 137 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index e7d1f43d2..cd651facc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-24 06:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 

From 45d38c062500161932522e1b1d06239a3c366433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: menestrel - mkmb <56491958+menestrel-mkmb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 27 Sep 2024 22:22:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 008/138] Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 89.4% (34 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/pt_BR/
---
 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po | 30 +++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
index a22b1ecb8..c6037d9de 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
@@ -6,18 +6,19 @@
 # Felipe Nogueira <contato.fnog@gmail.com>, 2023.
 # HackerSinhos <nunseinada01@proton.me>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
+# menestrel - mkmb <56491958+menestrel-mkmb@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-28 23:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: menestrel - mkmb <56491958+menestrel-mkmb@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/pt_BR/>\n"
 "Language: pt-BR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -87,14 +88,7 @@ msgstr "Para que o Jamulus funcione com o seu sistema operacional, siga o guia d
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
-#| "    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
-#| "    <a href=\"Installation-for-Macintosh\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">macOS</a>\n"
-#| "    <a href= \"Installation-for-Linux\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Linux</a>\n"
-#| "</div>\n"
-#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
 "    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
@@ -108,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "    <a href=\"Installation-for-Macintosh\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">macOS</a>\n"
 "    <a href= \"Installation-for-Linux\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Linux</a>\n"
 "</div>\n"
-"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) podem ser utilizados também, mas ainda são considerados experimentais._\n"
+"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) também podem ser utilizados, mas ainda são considerados experimentais._\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30
@@ -220,23 +214,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71
 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A coisa mais importante entre servidores é seu \"tempo de resposta\". Quanto maior o número, mais difícil será para acompanhar sincronamente com os outros. Idealmente, e se for possível, você deve selecionar um servidor com um tempo de resposta abaixo de 50ms."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uma vez conectado ao servidor, tenha certeza de que todos possam te ouvir e conserte qualquer problema com seu microfone ou outra entrada. Você pode dar uma olhada na [página passo-a-passo](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para os erros comuns. E claro, verifique que você está seguindo a [regra de ouro](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Playing for the first time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tocar pela primeira vez"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Com o seu som configurado, você está pronto para prosseguir. Quando você se conecta a um Servidor (talvez você queira selecionar um gênero da lista), os moduladores que você vê à direita são seu mix pessoal. Tudo que você modificar aqui mudará o que você vai ouvir, mas não afetará outros. Se você mover o modulador para baixo, o canal ficará mais quieto, se você mover para cima, o canal ficará mais alto para você."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82
@@ -247,6 +241,10 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>The main window when you are connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"   <img src=\"{% include img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\"> \n"
+"  <figcaption>Janela principal quando conectado a um Servidor</figcaption>\n"
+" </figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84

From 7638e4741c7ab462b27cca329285d47523cbf24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 009/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/es/
---
 .../po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po              | 16 ++++++----------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 650b705b9..767162cc9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023.
+# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Resolución de Problemas del Cliente"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
@@ -169,10 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual de usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -333,10 +331,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""

From 8de618f798c7b2d51b59ad844e944d5469ba95d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 010/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po | 14 ++++++--------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index e44e3022f..78d588379 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Allan Nordhøy <redacted@invalid.local>, 2022.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023.
+# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -255,16 +255,14 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91

From cae64efb438c6508027a0684d77286200074e1df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 011/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 16ad5044d..5f05d66b1 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -3,19 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
-# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023.
+# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76

From 52d97dbebd7f7f54f52289d4cebfc12120ade0cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 012/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
index 0482f1ce7..63f20d604 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
-# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023.
+# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "Los Servidores \"headless\" no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configu
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371

From 1d383769ec0a402be63afd4482b1abc30c075c10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 013/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 11 +++++------
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index d3742f26a..cc5d3dd09 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -37,10 +37,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus"
+msgstr "Manual de usuario"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From afd15e3cd0f1dea57c3f6646d696c9ea05064f76 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 014/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/navigation.po | 11 ++++++-----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index fe8af5cf1..7d5b0338f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
+msgstr "Manual de usuario"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From ad4c6ffd323263022acb99fdf6a2c3362ffb38a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 20:57:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 015/138] Update Portuguese (Brazil) translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 89.4% (34 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/pt_BR/
---
 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
index c6037d9de..87b75260f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-28 23:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: menestrel - mkmb <56491958+menestrel-mkmb@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/pt_BR/>\n"
 "Language: pt-BR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"   <img src=\"{% include img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\"> \n"
+"   <img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\"> \n"
 "  <figcaption>Janela principal quando conectado a um Servidor</figcaption>\n"
 " </figure>\n"
 

From 4c92486ff54ec4a59eada2747f60d4f7d7c65689 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:00:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 016/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 767162cc9..7b533562a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Resolución de Problemas del Cliente"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual de usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51

From 03fe9e3b0a1a1e68394b9d3e6f1aac1923611e4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:00:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 017/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
index 78d588379..2c4262507 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manu
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91

From 0ec81a8a70d620095777f290d16b598cdbe3ed6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:00:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 018/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 5f05d66b1..dd3f81bb5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76

From c0dcf05cbb77198286468a1cb794afc50263ace2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:00:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 019/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
index 63f20d604..3aa719fc9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "Los Servidores \"headless\" no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configu
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371

From c05b81f54b9b1cd90c8ae70d56259a49849c632f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:06:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 020/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index cc5d3dd09..6159ea193 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de usuario"
+msgstr "Manual del usuario"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 35786748cbccd4ac0de6d08f58bde531da7a5067 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:00:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 021/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/navigation.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index 7d5b0338f..19e2f2684 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 20:57+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual de usuario"
+msgstr "Manual del usuario"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Resolución de problemas"
+msgstr "Resolución de Problemas"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From f5865cbaa58959f03c27d265fa1fc21651b19b89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:08:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 022/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index 6159ea193..33faca701 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del usuario"
+msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 58fcb2e0f8b05eec40e01cee0fbd2a627ac4f45b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2024 21:08:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 023/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/navigation.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
index 19e2f2684..2c697a2a5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manual del usuario"
+msgstr "Manual del Usuario"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From 3c337802cad88c364c3891b461e6306f4dc7e506 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 14:11:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 024/138] =?UTF-8?q?AUTO:=20Add=20new=20language:=20th:=20?=
 =?UTF-8?q?=E0=B9=84=E0=B8=97=E0=B8=A2=20#1054?=
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

---
 1-th-index.md                                 |    1 +
 _config.yml                                   |    3 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/1-index.po            |  113 ++
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           |  357 ++++++
 .../po/th/Command-Line-Options.po             |   82 ++
 _translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po       |   76 ++
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po        |  112 ++
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po                |  234 ++++
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po    |  266 +++++
 _translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po |   70 ++
 .../po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   52 +
 .../po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po          |   88 ++
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Android.po         |  131 +++
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           |  314 +++++
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po       |  105 ++
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         |  278 +++++
 .../po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po             |  184 +++
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po  |  172 +++
 _translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po        |  101 ++
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po   | 1022 +++++++++++++++++
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po   |  101 ++
 .../po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po           |  181 +++
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po    |  843 ++++++++++++++
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  336 ++++++
 .../po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po             |  212 ++++
 _translator-files/po/th/copyright.po          |   28 +
 _translator-files/po/th/general.po            |  118 ++
 _translator-files/po/th/navigation.po         |  166 +++
 .../img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc  |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc |    1 +
 .../connection-setup-window.inc               |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc   |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc |    1 +
 .../th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc   |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc       |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc         |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc      |    1 +
 .../th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc    |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc  |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc   |    1 +
 assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc  |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc   |    1 +
 .../img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc   |    1 +
 46 files changed, 5763 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 120000 1-th-index.md
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/copyright.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/general.po
 create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc
 create mode 100644 assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc

diff --git a/1-th-index.md b/1-th-index.md
new file mode 120000
index 000000000..9dfa4264e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1-th-index.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+wiki/th/1-index.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml
index e54def40e..9114451da 100644
--- a/_config.yml
+++ b/_config.yml
@@ -2,9 +2,10 @@ plugins:
   - jekyll-paginate-v2
   - jekyll-polyglot
   - jekyll-minifier
-languages:                   ["en", "sv-SE", "zh-CN", "nb-NO", "ko-KR", "pt-BR", "pt-PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"]
+languages:                   ["en", "th", "sv-SE", "zh-CN", "nb-NO", "ko-KR", "pt-BR", "pt-PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"]
 default_lang:                "en"
 language_names:
+  th: ไทย
   sv-SE: Svenska
   en: English
   zh-CN: 简体中文
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a22572ecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"---\n"
+"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n"
+"lang: \"en\"\n"
+"permalink: /\n"
+"layout: mainhomepage\n"
+"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n"
+"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n"
+"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n"
+"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n"
+"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n"
+"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n"
+"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n"
+"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n"
+"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n"
+"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n"
+"---\n"
+"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><div><h2>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "What is Jamulus?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><div><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><figure><figcaption>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus is international"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus worldwide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help needed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
+"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Want to get involved?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <div><div><a>
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..963551dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Client Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Your sound is stuttering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '4. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Clap your hands again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To open Jamulus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge.  To fix this:\n"
+"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n"
+"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c51774c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Command Line Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Shared commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Client only commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server only commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b7600ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Contribution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Contribution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/issues\">raise it as a bug</a>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions\">post about it on this forum</a> so it can be discussed first.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Want to contribute code?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29e8565ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Running a Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Points to note about Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address.  This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address.  Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a9a512c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2da31237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Macintosh\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">macOS</a>\n"
+"    <a href= \"Installation-for-Linux\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Linux</a>\n"
+"</div>\n"
+"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Hardware Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>The main window before you connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Setting up a profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>Let people know who you are</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>Connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Playing for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>The main window when you are connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36b808c72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<!-- NOTE: This must apply to both Client and Server, and all operating systems -->\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files.  **Points to note**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c45307623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '-  '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '-  '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '-  '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..624745105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users/<username>/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fccfb0b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation for Android"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Things to note about Android"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Install the Android PoC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Feedback and development"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "All installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c2cdfb73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation for Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Debian and Ubuntu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (bash)
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (bash)
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (bash)
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installing the .deb files manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Other distributions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Set up your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Configure PipeWire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust.  You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand.  You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab.  2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (bash)
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n"
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Start Jamulus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "All installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Take a look at the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a2aa73b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation for macOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
+"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "All installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Take a look at the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf9e910a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation for Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n"
+"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
+"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "ASIO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"**Hints:**\n"
+"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n"
+"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n"
+"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "All installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Take a look at"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41378e496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation for iOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Things to note about iOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '3. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '4. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '5. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Feedback and development"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "All installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f4792e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Privacy Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Definition of Terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus.io Website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "General Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Chat Exchanges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio Recordings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06271a7cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Use of QoS on Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18.  Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255].  However, most people will have no need to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)<br>\n"
+"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel<br>\n"
+"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;Local Computer Policy<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;Computer Configuration<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Windows Settings<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Policy-based QoS (click)<br>\n"
+"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;Policy-based QoS<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;More Actions<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create new Policy (click)<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Policy Name: Jamulus<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify DSCP value: 32<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Next<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Next<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Next<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;UDP<br>\n"
+"&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Finish<br>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3334904aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Running a Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server Administration Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Speed and latency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "General notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Download the setup script:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make the script executable:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enable the headless Server process:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ```\n"
+"    sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n"
+"    ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server Modes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Unregistered mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Unregistered Server\">\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Registered mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Registered Server\">\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Directory mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Configuration options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections.  You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n"
+"        --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n"
+"        --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server mode-related options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This option takes the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| Genre |   `hostname:port`  |\n"
+"|-----------|------------------|\n"
+"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n"
+"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n"
+"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n"
+"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n"
+"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n"
+"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n"
+"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-L or --licence`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect.  The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.  When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.)  If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`--directoryfile`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "General Server options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-l or --log`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`--serverbindip`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine.  Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Other options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Recording"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`-R or --recording`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #####
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "`--norecord`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Controlling Recording"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [Unit]\n"
+" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n"
+" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
+"\n"
+" [Service]\n"
+" Type=oneshot\n"
+" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To start a new recording:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [Unit]\n"
+" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n"
+" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n"
+"\n"
+" [Service]\n"
+" Type=oneshot\n"
+" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Servers on the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '* '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "The Server status icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/server-inactive.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus Server icon\"></figure> The Server is empty\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/server-active.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus Server icon\"></figure> The Server is occupied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Backing up the Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6031483b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Bandwidth Use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio bandwidth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)  * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| Channels  | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) |  Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n"
+"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n"
+"| Stereo    | High   | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n"
+"| Stereo    | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n"
+"| Stereo    | Low    | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n"
+"| Mono      | High   | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n"
+"| Mono      | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n"
+"| Mono      | Low    | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Network bandwidth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n"
+"<figure>\n"
+"        <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"A diagram of Jamulus network bandwidths from different audio qualities ranging from low to high\">\n"
+"<figcaption>Calculate bandwidth use </figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f432e181e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Servers - Registered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Servers - Unregistered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "What port numbers can I use?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcee2b8e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -0,0 +1,843 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details> \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Main Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
+"\t<figcaption>Your local mix when connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input.  Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Mute Myself button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Reverb effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode.  The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Connect/disconnect button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session.  You can also open the dialogue using \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location.  Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre.  You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character.  If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.)  The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses.  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Server audio mixer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself).  The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Grp button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Mute button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Solo button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "My Profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Skin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Meter style"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Mixer rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio Alerts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "There are three modes available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
+"the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio quality"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Buffer Delay"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '- '
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jitter Buffer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Small Network Buffers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Advanced Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Custom Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
+"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n"
+"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Input Boost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Feedback Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Input Balance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (shell)
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Command Line Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (shell)
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block (shell)
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7820ec5af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Tips, Tricks and More"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Tips & Tricks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using the Jamulus Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Here is the script:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n"
+" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n"
+" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n"
+" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n"
+" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n"
+" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n"
+" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n"
+" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n"
+" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n"
+" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n"
+" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n"
+" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n"
+" guitarix &\n"
+" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n"
+" sleep 3\n"
+" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n"
+" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n"
+" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n"
+" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n"
+" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n"
+" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n"
+" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n"
+" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "For Server admins"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Remote management of recordings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Making a Server status page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<?php\n"
+"function loadserverstat ( $statfilename )\n"
+"{\n"
+"   $datei = fopen ( $statfilename, \"r\" );\n"
+"   while ( !feof ( $datei ) )\n"
+"   {\n"
+"          $buffer = fgets ( $datei, 4096 );\n"
+"          echo $buffer;\n"
+"   }\n"
+"   fclose($datei);\n"
+"}\n"
+"?>\n"
+"<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d0d0f1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title #
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Running an Unregistered Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Port forwarding"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Getting the public IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip).  You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "DNS SRV record support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Why is this helpful?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Creating SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n"
+"  \n"
+"  # or, more specifically\n"
+"  \n"
+"  _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ####
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
+#, markdown-text
+msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"| JAMULUS CLIENT     |  DNS SRV RECORD                                                             | JAMULUS SERVER             |\n"
+"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
+"| rock.example.com  |  _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com  | server1.example.com:22124 |\n"
+"| jazz.example.com  |  _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com  | server1.example.com:22125 |\n"
+"| blues.example.com |  _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43859214a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Hash Value: footer asio
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ASIO &reg; compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav docs
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "This documentation is <a href=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en\">CC BY-SA</a>"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afdc57068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus Facebook group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: footer alt github
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: footer alt help
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help and support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Software by <a href=\"https://github.com/corrados\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">Volker Fischer</a> and <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/graphs/contributors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">contributors</a> - want to <a href=\"/wiki/Contribution\">get involved?</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb by
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "by"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Discuss this content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Comments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<strong>Community knowledge base</strong><br /> Feel free to add your own article!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Knowledge Base overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb navpages
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "More pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb newpage
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Add a new page via GitHub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb readmore
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Read more..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Open navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "– Jamulus Website"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0418b772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Setting Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "macOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "User Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav title
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Using Jamulus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Server Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Tips & Tricks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Community Knowledge Base"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "post"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/kb/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Privacy Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Hash Value: nav title
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "More"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb41bc1dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/139528948-4b8e72d1-38ec-4900-93dc-5166c42b6b80.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e866dbc40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834648-689c3d9c-eda8-4b2f-b7d2-a6a28764cc24.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6bb0906d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efe74d4ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834690-69dd3caf-cb94-4a5a-94c0-afaf7dda168b.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..111d28c7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834923-803ba3f9-c3a3-4c6a-90a4-fdbe5e950244.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5957b00bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834838-c0c12d93-9bee-435d-8b4e-dcb006f86d20.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82cb4c3ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835533-29060d31-b728-4c6b-83b7-cf374324e776.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11a55e8ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835547-0586976c-f6bc-43f2-a27f-256b87bd27f8.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f10f6ce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835559-591734f3-c4b1-46be-9896-ac0ad9796a10.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2468d009a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835619-7857c013-cc03-4ccc-b902-a1de0a2663d1.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c82ea1541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835728-5dfe92b3-de74-48dc-946b-7061d89f5e22.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1aa645af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836084-4a2f42f0-962c-486b-8d35-c20f6b70e5a9.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..425f77f3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836179-2eeb2935-2871-48aa-bf88-9b2622c7f5aa.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3d6842c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconactive.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5e2555bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconinactive.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ee136916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2869f401-347b-4b3e-b280-36a7b45d7ee6
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70b8c8b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553617-bdeb935a-c923-44a8-86d3-1f14d0fb0355.png
diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e19c1008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553489-9ef871f6-32d1-4a2a-9f6f-29e23c40a629.png

From 57bf5ddbac43a2473e5451ee490da694cb2a8f50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter L Jones <peter.l.jones.dymlyd@gmail.com>
Date: Wed, 30 Oct 2024 10:24:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 025/138] Update main window Menu section

---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md | 84 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 64 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index 4339338cf..2c607bde5 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and si
 * TOC
  {:toc}
 
-</details> 
+</details>
 
 # Main Window
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and si
 
 ## Ping, Delay and Jitter
 
-**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   
+**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.
 
 **Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:
 
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reache
 
 Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to
 all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will
-open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received. 
+open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received.
 
 ## Connect/disconnect button
 
@@ -109,8 +109,6 @@ If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you
 
 If you see a "mute" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero.
 
-Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu.
-
 If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded.
 
 ### Grp button
@@ -119,7 +117,7 @@ You can group users together using the "group" toggle. Moving the fader of any m
 
 ### Mute button
 
-Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a "muted" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected. 
+Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a "muted" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected.
 
 Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using "[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)".
 
@@ -127,6 +125,62 @@ Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal f
 
 Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a "muted" icon above your fader.
 
+## Menu commands
+
+### File > Connection Setup...
+
+Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button).
+
+### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup
+
+You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window.
+
+### File > Exit
+
+Closes all the windows and exits the application.
+
+### Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings
+
+Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus stores the settings against them, so that if they leave and rejoin - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  If you want clear _all_ stored settings, you can do it here.
+
+### Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level
+
+Applies the [configured "New Client Level"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels.
+
+### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders
+
+Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece.
+
+### View > (sort options)
+
+Most items under the "View" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:
+* Own Fader First<br/>
+This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost.
+
+* No user sorting<br/>
+This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.
+* Sort by Name<br/>
+Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.
+* Sort by Instrument / City
+Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.
+* Sort by Group<br/>
+Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with all ungrouped channel off to the right.
+* Sort by Server Channel<br/>
+Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the server-assigned channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.
+
+### View > Chat
+
+Opens the [Chat](#chat) window.
+
+### Settings Menu
+
+Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs.
+
+### Help
+
+Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a "What's This?" option for getting more details on parts of the client display.
+
+
 # Settings
 
 ## My Profile
@@ -146,7 +200,7 @@ This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodat
 
 ### Meter style
 
-This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin. 
+This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin.
 
 ### Mixer rows
 
@@ -175,7 +229,7 @@ a different actual sound card channel can be selected.
 
 ### Audio channels
 
-Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server. 
+Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server.
 
 **Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.
 
@@ -268,7 +322,7 @@ Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain tha
 
 ### Feedback Protection
 
-Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the "Mute Myself" button to mute you in your own mix. 
+Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the "Mute Myself" button to mute you in your own mix.
 
 ### Input Balance
 
@@ -276,22 +330,12 @@ Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a m
 it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and
 an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic.
 
-# Menu commands
-
-### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup
- 
-You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window.
-
-### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders 
-
-Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece.
-
 # Backing up Jamulus
 
 {% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}
 * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want.
 
-**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in 
+**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in
 ```shell
 $HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/
 ```

From 25c8e91473ee1cb6d8b9c9666a764cc7b039d92e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter L Jones <peter.l.jones.dymlyd@gmail.com>
Date: Wed, 30 Oct 2024 10:24:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 026/138] Corrections plus menu of Sort by Jamulus Channel

---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md  | 2 +-
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md | 6 +++---
 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index 2c607bde5..9d55efe6b 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to al
 This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.
 * Sort by Name<br/>
 Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.
-* Sort by Instrument / City
+* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>
 Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.
 * Sort by Group<br/>
 Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with all ungrouped channel off to the right.
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index dd17b96d7..244313ffe 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your
 
 *Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.
 
-Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
+Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
 
-Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
+Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
 
-*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch between "No User Sorting" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).
+*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Server Channel" (or type `Ctrl+R`).  You will probably also want to switch _off_ "Own Fader First" if it is on.
 
 ## For Server admins
 

From 9b94eb9d4478693ac708d90fe8a33c3787e50fc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Thu, 5 Dec 2024 22:48:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 027/138] Rework in view of #3426

---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md  | 16 ++++++++++++----
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md |  2 +-
 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index 9d55efe6b..61aaaab0c 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -109,6 +109,13 @@ If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you
 
 If you see a "mute" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero.
 
+Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends
+on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before
+your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.
+In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants.
+
+You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below.
+
 If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded.
 
 ### Grp button
@@ -155,18 +162,19 @@ Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful
 
 Most items under the "View" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:
 * Own Fader First<br/>
-This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost.
+This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.
 
 * No user sorting<br/>
-This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.
+This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.
 * Sort by Name<br/>
 Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.
 * Sort by Instrument / City<br/>
 Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.
 * Sort by Group<br/>
 Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with all ungrouped channel off to the right.
-* Sort by Server Channel<br/>
-Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the server-assigned channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.
+* Sort by Channel<br/>
+Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.
+Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).
 
 ### View > Chat
 
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 244313ffe..71927bf3b 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in numerical order. Continuing w
 
 Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
 
-*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Server Channel" (or type `Ctrl+R`).  You will probably also want to switch _off_ "Own Fader First" if it is on.
+*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
 ## For Server admins
 

From 9d0ded923354d47371d0f82135acca8d8de27076 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Fri, 6 Dec 2024 14:58:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 028/138] Apply suggestions from code review by mcfnord

Co-authored-by: John Dempsey <1750243+mcfnord@users.noreply.github.com>
---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index 61aaaab0c..c405ddef2 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reache
 
 Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to
 all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will
-open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received.
+open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives.
 
 ## Connect/disconnect button
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button).
 
 ### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup
 
-You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window.
+You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window.
 
 ### File > Exit
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Closes all the windows and exits the application.
 
 ### Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings
 
-Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus stores the settings against them, so that if they leave and rejoin - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  If you want clear _all_ stored settings, you can do it here.
+Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings.
 
 ### Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level
 
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Applies the [configured "New Client Level"](#new-client-level) to all currently
 
 ### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders
 
-Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece.
+Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece.
 
 ### View > (sort options)
 
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.
 * Sort by Instrument / City<br/>
 Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.
 * Sort by Group<br/>
-Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with all ungrouped channel off to the right.
+Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.
 * Sort by Channel<br/>
 Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.
 Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ a different actual sound card channel can be selected.
 
 ### Audio channels
 
-Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server.
+Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server.
 
 **Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.
 

From 9e6c429b4a079a2f2d9803379d73c21b2c1b53d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Fri, 6 Dec 2024 18:26:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 029/138] Minor adjustments

---
 wiki/en/Software-Manual.md  | 6 +++---
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md | 2 +-
 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
index c405ddef2..cd456feb9 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you
 
 If you see a "mute" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero.
 
-Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends
-on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before
-your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.
+Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.
+With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.
+With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.
 In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants.
 
 You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below.
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 71927bf3b..6a1d6586c 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your
 
 *Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.
 
-Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
+Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
 
 Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
 

From 9b78d6e5d772e3fda53dd541bf72dc5c3f68aea0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:15:44 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 030/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 20.0% (2 of 10 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 10.5% (2 of 19 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (4 of 56 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 11.1% (4 of 36 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 9.5% (4 of 42 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 15.3% (4 of 26 strings)

Translated using Weblate (Thai)

Currently translated at 6.4% (2 of 31 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 3.1% (5 of 159 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 8.5% (4 of 47 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 2.9% (4 of 136 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 6.1% (3 of 49 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 16.6% (2 of 12 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 21.4% (3 of 14 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 84.2% (32 of 38 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (2 of 28 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 12.5% (2 of 16 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.4% (2 of 27 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (17 of 17 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (13 of 13 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.6% (1 of 13 strings)

Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Co-authored-by: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/1-index/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/command-line-options/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/contribution/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/general/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/privacy-statement/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/qos-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-bandwidth/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/unregistered-servers/th/
Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Command-Line-Options
Translation: Jamulus/Contribution
Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translation: Jamulus/General strings
Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translation: Jamulus/Privacy-Statement
Translation: Jamulus/QOS-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Bandwidth
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translation: Jamulus/Startpage
Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translation: Jamulus/Unregistered-Servers
---
 _translator-files/po/th/1-index.po            | 53 ++++++++----
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Command-Line-Options.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po       | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po        | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po                | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po    | 86 +++++++++++--------
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Android.po         | 16 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           | 18 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po       | 18 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po  | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po        | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po   | 22 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po   | 16 ++--
 .../po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po           | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po    | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/general.po            | 46 +++++-----
 _translator-files/po/th/navigation.po         | 62 ++++++-------
 22 files changed, 303 insertions(+), 266 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
index a22572ecf..bac9107be 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
@@ -37,42 +37,59 @@ msgid ""
 "---\n"
 "[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"---\n"
+"title: \"Jamulus ‒ เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n"
+"lang: \"th\"\n"
+"permalink: /\n"
+"layout: mainhomepage\n"
+"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n"
+"ldjSlogan: \"เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n"
+"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n"
+"metadescription: \"Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์ฟรีและโอเพนซอร์สที่ช่วยให้นักดนตรีสามารถเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมร่วมกันได้แบบเรียลไทม์ผ่านอินเตอร์เน็ต\"\n"
+"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n"
+"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n"
+"mTGetStartedNow: \"เริ่มต้นใช้งานได้เลย!\"\n"
+"mTDownloadNow: 'ดาวน์โหลดโปรแกรมเพื่อใช้งานบน'\n"
+"mTPlatformsAnd: 'และ'\n"
+"mTOtherPlatforms: 'แพลตฟอร์มอื่นๆ'\n"
+"---\n"
+"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "What is Jamulus?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus คืออะไร?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ให้คุณเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมกับเพื่อนๆ วงดนตรีของคุณ หรือใครก็ตามที่คุณเจอทางออนไลน์ เล่นด้วยกันได้อย่างพร้อมเพรียงด้วยคุณภาพเสียงสูงและดีเลย์ต่ำ ผ่านการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบทั่วไป [ดาวน์โหลดได้ที่นี่!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><figure><figcaption>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus is international"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ใช้งานได้ทั่วโลก"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus worldwide"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus เชื่อมโลกดนตรี"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทั่วทุกมุมโลก Jamulus ช่วยให้คณะนักร้องประสานเสียงสามารถฝึกซ้อม และวงดนตรีร็อกสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ Jamulus เชื่อมโยงนักดนตรีพื้นบ้านและนักดนตรีคลาสสิกเข้าด้วยกัน มีการใช้งาน Jamulus สำหรับการเรียนดนตรีทางไกล ในโรงเรียนและมหาวิทยาลัย ทั้งในที่ส่วนตัวและที่สาธารณะ ทั้งหมดนี้เกิดขึ้นแบบเรียลไทม์บนอินเทอร์เน็ต ราวกับว่าคุณอยู่ที่นั่นด้วยตนเอง\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Help needed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต้องการความช่วยเหลือ?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47
@@ -81,33 +98,35 @@ msgid ""
 "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
 "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n"
 msgstr ""
+"หากต้องการความช่วยเหลือ ลองดู[คู่มือการใช้งาน](wiki/Getting-Started) และลองอ่าน[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
+"คุณยังสามารถสอบถามได้ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Want to get involved?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อยากมีส่วนร่วมไหม?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีไอเดีย? พบเจอบั๊ก? ต้องการช่วยเขียนโค้ด หรือช่วย[แปล](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus เป็นภาษาของคุณ? เนื่องจาก Jamulus เป็น[ซอฟต์แวร์เสรีและโอเพนซอร์ส](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ภายใต้ลิขสิทธิ์ [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) คุณสามารถช่วยเราได้!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดู[แนวทางการมีส่วนร่วม](wiki/Contribution) ของเรา เพื่อดูวิธีการ พวกเรายินดีตอนรับทุกท่าน!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_สำหรับข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเกี่ยวกับวิธีการทำงานของ Jamulus โปรดอ่าน[บทความวิชาการโดย Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)_\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><a>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 963551dd8..31e8227af 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
index 6c51774c0..c72fe0719 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
index 1b7600ad5..5d4766ee5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
index 29e8565ca..3716c1ed5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 9a9a512c9..b9d5082bd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index d2da31237..0c08e15ee 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -1,91 +1,91 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซ็ตอัพ"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเซ็ตอัพ - เริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพื่อให้ได้ประโยชน์สูงสุดจาก Jamulus อย่างน้อยคุณควรจะมี:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**การเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบใช้สาย** (ควรปิด Wi-Fi อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หูฟังแบบมีสาย** (ไม่ควรใช้ Bluetooth หรือลำโพง อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**อุปกรณ์เสียง การ์ดเสียง และ/หรือไมโครโฟนที่เหมาะสม** ([ดูรายการนี้](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) สำหรับตัวอย่างอุปกรณ์ที่ใช้ได้)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีคำถามใดๆ โปรดดูที่[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากต้องการให้ Jamulus ทำงานกับระบบปฏิบัติการของคุณ โปรดทำตามคู่มือการติดตั้งสำหรับแพลตฟอร์มของคุณ:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28
@@ -98,36 +98,42 @@ msgid ""
 "</div>\n"
 "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Macintosh\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">macOS</a>\n"
+"    <a href= \"Installation-for-Linux\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Linux</a>\n"
+"</div>\n"
+"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) และ [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) สามารถใช้งานได้เช่นกัน แต่ยังถือว่าอยู่ในขั้นทดลอง_\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "และในตอนนี้ ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ทั้งหมดก่อน การเริ่มต้นจากสิ่งที่เรียบง่ายที่สุดก่อนจะดีที่สุด"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Hardware Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณใช้อุปกรณ์เสียงภายนอก ให้เสียบอุปกรณ์นั้นก่อนเริ่ม Jamulus หากคุณยังไม่ได้กำหนดค่าฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ โปรดดูคู่มือการติดตั้งที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้น"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus main window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อคุณเปิด Jamulus คุณจะเห็นหน้าต่างที่มีลักษณะดังนี้:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43
@@ -138,18 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>The main window before you connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up a profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อันดับแรก ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Settings” ที่ด้านล่างซ้าย และไปที่ “My Profile…” ตอนนี้คุณจะเห็นสิ่งนี้:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53
@@ -160,36 +170,40 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>Let people know who you are</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption> ตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร </figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กรอก “Alias/Name” และข้อมูลอื่นๆ หากต้องการ แล้วปิดหน้าต่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์และทดสอบเสียงของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ คุณ**ไม่ควร**ได้ยินเสียงของตัวเอง การฟังเสียงของคุณจาก Jamulus (และไม่ใช่จากตัวคุณเอง) เรียกว่า “Golden Rule” (กฎทองคำ) และช่วยให้คุณเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับผู้อื่นได้ ([ดูคำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ก่อนเล่นดนตรีกับผู้อื่น เราขอแนะนำให้คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ว่างเปล่าเพื่อทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณ** และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังสัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ถ้าเป็นไปได้) และไม่ใช่เสียงของคุณเอง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต่อไป กดปุ่ม “Connect” ในหน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus เพื่อเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ จะมีหน้าต่างใหม่เปิดขึ้นมา:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69
@@ -200,24 +214,28 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>Connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สิ่งที่สำคัญที่สุดเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์คือ “ping time” ยิ่งตัวเลขมากเท่าไหร่ การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกับคนอื่นก็จะยิ่งยากขึ้นเท่านั้น โดยปกติ คุณควรเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping น้อยกว่า 50ms หากเป็นไปได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ยินเสียงตัวเองชัดเจนดี และแก้ไขปัญหาเกี่ยวกับระดับเสียงอินพุตหรือปัญหาอื่นๆ คุณสามารถดู[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไป และแน่นอนว่า ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณสามารถปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ได้ด้วย"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Playing for the first time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเริ่มต้นเล่นเป็นครั้งแรก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
@@ -257,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index fccfb0b1d..0d05659bd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index 4c2cdfb73..a61fde508 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 4a2aa73b2..d415f7e63 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index bf9e910a1..f9df5106e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 41378e496..ec69cb17f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
index 2f4792e72..b974bc34e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
index 06271a7cd..555eedec3 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
index 3334904aa..61ad0fc11 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
index b6031483b..20d298d96 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index f432e181e..e5ac4993b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index bcee2b8e2..803740ca7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 7820ec5af..474ef313e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Tips & Tricks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
index 1d0d0f1b7..cfac96807 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
index afdc57068..51f99c4c7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
@@ -1,118 +1,118 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Facebook group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กลุ่ม Jamulus บน Facebook"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus บน GitHub"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Help and support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความช่วยเหลือและการสนับสนุน"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Software by <a href=\"https://github.com/corrados\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">Volker Fischer</a> and <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/graphs/contributors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">contributors</a> - want to <a href=\"/wiki/Contribution\">get involved?</a>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์โดย <a href=\"https://github.com/corrados\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">Volker Fischer</a> และ <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/graphs/contributors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">ผู้ร่วมพัฒนา</a> - ต้องการ <a href=\"/wiki/Contribution\">มีส่วนร่วม?</a>"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb by
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดย"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Discuss this content"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "พูดคุยเกี่ยวกับเนื้อหานี้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Comments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความคิดเห็น"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<strong>Community knowledge base</strong><br /> Feel free to add your own article!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<strong>คลังความรู้ชุมชน</strong><br />อย่าลังเลที่จะเพิ่มบทความของคุณเอง!"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Knowledge Base overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ภาพรวมคลังความรู้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "More pages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าอื่นๆ"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Add a new page via GitHub"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่มหน้าใหม่ผ่าน GitHub"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Read more..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อ่านเพิ่มเติม..."
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "– คลังความรู้ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไอคอน Jamulus ลิงก์ไปยังหน้าแรก"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Open navigation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แสดงตัวนำทาง"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เบราว์เซอร์ของคุณปิดใช้งาน JavaScript ซึ่งไม่เป็นปัญหาแต่อย่างใด เว็บไซต์นี้ได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อให้ใช้งานฟังก์ชันพื้นฐานได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ JS แต่การเปิดใช้งาน JavaScript อาจทำให้คุณใช้งานฟังก์ชันเพิ่มเติมบนเว็บไซต์นี้ได้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "– Jamulus Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "– เว็บไซต์ Jamulus"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
index d0418b772..816940d62 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
@@ -1,166 +1,166 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งและตั้งค่าเบื้องต้น"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Windows"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "macOS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "macOS"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Linux"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Using Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การใช้ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือการเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Tips & Tricks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Community Knowledge Base"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลังความรู้ชุมชน"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "post"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โพสต์"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/kb/index.html"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/kb/index.html"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่มเติม"

From c71f75176b2b0d4c9ba8a3fa2049f1c4d07c9c8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:15:44 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 031/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Co-authored-by: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/sv/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/sv/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/sv/
Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
---
 .../po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po            | 15 ++++++---------
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po     | 11 +++++------
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po     | 12 ++++++------
 3 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 89a837e20..36df2cd27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -4,18 +4,19 @@
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -169,10 +170,8 @@ msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta."
+msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -333,7 +332,5 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
index 1551c49f3..2fa3f7b36 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -254,10 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att sk
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index 9881ff4a9..a5d2a8436 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-17 21:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -36,10 +37,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual"
+msgstr "Användarmanual"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 38cae08d02679b9bd60434e7e0acf675def2846c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 032/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 25.9% (7 of 27 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 12 +++++++-----
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index e5ac4993b..de18caa65 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -50,19 +50,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
@@ -71,12 +71,14 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22

From f9d21a36bc40fe29c59df60674174782f3da0276 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 033/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 17.8% (5 of 28 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index ec69cb17f..2b19ba163 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
@@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From a4efef4604401824a414c312e938844132368a0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 17:12:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 034/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 16 ++++++++++------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index 0c08e15ee..b1f6ac842 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "การเริ่มต้นเล่นเป็นครั้ง
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อตั้งค่าเสียงเรียบร้อยแล้ว คุณก็พร้อมที่จะเริ่มเล่น เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (คุณอาจต้องการเลือก genre จากรายการ) เฟดเดอร์ต่างๆ ที่คุณเห็นทางด้านขวา คือมิกเซอร์ส่วนตัวของคุณ คุณสามารถปรับเปลี่ยนความดังเบาของแชนแนลต่างๆ ที่คุณได้ยิน แต่มันจะไม่มีผลต่อคนอื่น หากคุณเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ลง เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะเบาลง หากคุณเลื่อนขึ้น เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะดังขึ้นสำหรับคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82
@@ -252,24 +252,28 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>The main window when you are connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>หน้าต่างหลักหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณไม่ต้องการให้ผู้อื่นได้ยินเสียงของคุณ ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Mute Myself” เพื่อหยุดส่งเสียงของคุณไปยังผู้อื่น คนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเอง แต่ถ้าคุณเห็นไอคอน “mute” แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคนอื่น นั่นหมายความว่าคนคนนั้นจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ เนื่องจากเข้าของเฟดเดอร์นั้นได้ปิดเสียงแชนแนลของคุณในมิกเซอร์ของเขา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าคุณสามารถใช้ฟังก์ชัน Chat เพื่อส่งข้อความถึงผู้อื่นได้ตลอดเวลาในขณะที่คุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ นอกจากนี้ ข้อความต้อนรับในแชทอาจระบุแนวทางหรือกฎเกณฑ์การใช้งานสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้น"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการใช้งาน Jamulus ได้ใน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
@@ -281,4 +285,4 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีปัญหาเกี่ยวกับเสียง? มองไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือมีปัญหาอื่นๆ? ลองดู[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) หรืออย่าลังเลที่จะสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"

From e28b2d6768ceed1e5370ed441939ebcf44103130 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 035/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 50.0% (7 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po            | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index d415f7e63..6485971a9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
@@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From cb8ad0a3bb91ce501e5457b3e8f5d7a370c421fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 036/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 14.2% (7 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index a61fde508..42b1a4450 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,21 +42,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
@@ -311,4 +311,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From d793fcb1aaa38e83d9e55a9fa0bf4e6c302277c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 037/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 5.8% (8 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 10 ++++++----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 803740ca7..55390d585 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
@@ -70,6 +70,8 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20

From a0751d27927567b3bcca093ac696e4d53d233d0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 038/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 19.1% (9 of 47 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 12 +++++++-----
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 474ef313e..9641abb7a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
@@ -70,12 +70,14 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20

From 3cb1001cedf219ca179c22f3345bbd21461bb9f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 039/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 6.9% (11 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po | 14 ++++++++------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
index 61ad0fc11..f61af331a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
@@ -70,18 +70,20 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23

From d70a63907383143c7223d1896575acf4aaed80dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:32:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 040/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.6% (41 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         | 85 ++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index f9df5106e..a4b61f70d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Windows"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง ASIO Driver** หากผู้ผลิตฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณได้จัดเตรียมไดรเวอร์ ASIO ไว้ให้ ขอแนะนำให้ลองใช้ไดรเวอร์นั้นดู แต่หากคุณหาไม่พบ หรือคุณไม่ได้ใช้ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก คุณอาจต้องติดตั้ง ASIO4ALL สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม เลื่อนลงไปอ่านที่หัวข้อ [ASIO](#asio)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
@@ -80,144 +80,149 @@ msgid ""
 "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
 "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: ดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ติดตั้งเพื่อเปิดใช้งาน หากคุณได้รับข้อความเตือนจาก SmartScreen ให้คลิกที่ \"More info\" และ \"Run anyway\" เพื่อติดตั้ง Jamulus (หากคุณดาวน์โหลด Jamulus เวอร์ชันใหม่ล่าสุด และเป็นหนึ่งในคนกลุ่มแรกๆ ที่ดาวน์โหลด ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus อาจจะยังไม่ได้รับการรับรองจาก SmartScreen เนื่องจากเราไม่ได้จ่ายเงินสำหรับ code signing)\n"
+"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n"
+"1. **ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณ**: เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณต้องตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ และหากคุณกำลังใช้ ASIO4ALL โปรดดูวิธีการตั้งค่าด้านล่าง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_โปรดทราบว่าคุณไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้แจกจ่ายไฟล์โปรแกรมนี้หากยังไม่ได้รับ[ข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งานจาก Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** หมายเหตุ:** หากคุณไม่ต้องการใช้ ASIO หรือต้องการใช้ [JACK บน Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) คุณสามารถใช้ [Jamulus เวอร์ชัน JACK]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) แทนได้ และคุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "ASIO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ASIO"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus สามารถใช้ [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) ได้"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีการ์ดเสียงหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก เราขอแนะนำให้ใช้งานไดรเวอร์ ASIO ของผู้ผลิตอุปกรณ์นั้นๆ หากเป็นไปได้ (เพราะไดรเวอร์เหล่านี้มักจะให้คุณภาพเสียงที่ดีที่สุด)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณไม่ได้ใช้การ์ดเสียงแยก คุณก็น่าจะไม่มีไดรเวอร์ ASIO ด้วย ดังนั้นคุณจะต้องติดตั้งไดรเวอร์ ASIO สำหรับอุปกรณ์ทั่วไป เช่น ASIO4ALL:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถลองใช้ ASIO4ALL ได้สองเวอร์ชัน ASIO4ALL v2.14 ได้แก้ไขบั๊กที่อาจทำให้ฟังก์ชันอื่นๆ ทำงานผิดพลาดไป"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.15](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เว็บไซต์ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณอาจจะต้องลองผิดลองถูกเล็กน้อย ขึ้นอยู่กับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ หากทุกอย่างทำงานได้ตามปกติตั้งแต่แรก คุณก็ไม่จำเป็นต้องทำอะไรเพิ่มเติม"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**เคล็ดลับ:** ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณในขณะที่คุณ[เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) เพื่อฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรีหรือเสียงของคุณ และตรวจสอบว่าทุกอย่างถูกตั้งค่าอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ แต่อ่านเนื้อหาต่อไปนี้ให้จบก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ปิดแอปพลิเคชันทั้งหมด** (โดยเฉพาะแอปพลิเคชันที่สามารถเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณได้ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์/โปรแกรมเล่นเพลง) ASIO4ALL จำเป็นต้องเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณแบบเอกสิทธิ์เฉพาะ (exclusive) ซึ่งหมายความว่าโปรแกรมอื่นๆ จะไม่สามารถใช้เสียงได้ หาก ASIO4ALL และ Jamulus กำลังทำงานอยู่"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากเสียงของ Jamulus ไม่ทำงาน ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจใน ASIO4ALL ว่ามีเพียง**อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้อง**เท่านั้นที่**เปิดใช้งานอยู่** ส่วนอื่นๆ ควรปิดทั้งหมด ค้นหา[รายการการการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL ที่ใช้งานได้ของชุมชน](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) สำหรับการตั้งค่าของคุณ หรือลองตั้งค่าด้วยตัวเองหากคุณหาของคุณไม่พบ:"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือวิธีการตั้งค่าอินพุตใน ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่ _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (คอลัมน์ทางด้านซ้าย ใต้ตัวเลือกไดรเวอร์)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด _advanced view_ ใน ASIO4ALL (คลิกที่ไอคอนรูปเครื่องมือที่ด้านล่างขวา)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเฉพาะการ์ดเสียงที่คุณต้องการใช้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่มถัดจากชื่อ"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดดูอินพุต/เอาต์พุตของการ์ดเสียงของคุณโดยคลิกที่ _ไอคอนเครื่องหมายบวก_ ถัดจากการ์ดเสียงนี้"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต่อไป เปิดใช้งานอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้องในรายการใต้การ์ดเสียงของคุณ และปิดส่วนอื่นๆ ทั้งหมด คุณสามารถเลื่อนเมาส์ไปวางเหนืออินพุต/เอาต์พุต เพื่อดูว่าเป็นอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุต และเช็คว่ามันรองรับ sample rate แบบ 48kHz (คุณภาพ DVD) ที่ Jamulus ต้องการหรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
@@ -228,6 +233,10 @@ msgid ""
 "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n"
 "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"**คำแนะนำ:**\n"
+"1. ชื่อของอุปกรณ์เสียงที่ถูกต้องอาจจะไม่ชัดเจนเสมอไป การ์ดเสียงที่มากับเครื่องหลายตัวมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" หรือชื่ออื่นๆ ที่คล้ายกัน\n"
+"1. หูฟังและลำโพงมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"output\" และไมโครโฟนจะมีชื่อว่า \"input\" หรือ \"capture\"\n"
+"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input มักจะไม่ใช่อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่คุณต้องการ ดังนั้น ให้ปิดมันหากคุณเห็น\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
@@ -239,40 +248,40 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากไม่มีอะไรได้ผล ให้ลองรีสตาร์ทโปรแกรม Jamulus และ/หรือ รีสตาร์ทเครื่องของคุณ เพื่อปิดโปรแกรมเบื้องหลังที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากนั้น *ให้ตั้งค่าอินพุต/เอาต์พุตอีกครั้ง* โดย ASIO4ALL จะแสดงอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่เปิดใช้งานได้ เป็นไอคอนปุ่มเปิดปิดและปุ่มเล่นที่มีไฟติด หากคุณเห็นเครื่องหมายกากบาทสีแดงหรือสัญลักษณ์สีเหลืองแทน ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ (เช่น เว็บเบราว์เซอร์, Zoom และอื่นๆ)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดู[วิดีโอนี้](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) โดย [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) ซึ่งจะให้ข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมอย่างเป็นทางการเกี่ยวกับวิธีการกำหนดค่า ASIO4ALL สามารถดูได้ที่ [ASIO4ALL FAQs บนเว็บไซต์ของ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From c0f85d6d591351c73d6cc4bd1f1fd6d01b359a4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 041/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.2% (35 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po | 68 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 35 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index b9d5082bd..268040ba4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,25 +43,25 @@ msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
@@ -70,165 +70,167 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไปและวิธีแก้ไขปัญหาเมื่อใช้ Jamulus โปรดดูที่คู่มือ[การแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)**\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มี metronome การซิงโครไนซ์ หรือวิธีอื่นๆ ในการช่วยรักษาจังหวะหรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่มี นักดนตรีบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus เล่นด้วยกันแบบเรียลไทม์เหมือนกับที่พวกเขาเล่นด้วยกันจริงๆ หากคุณต้องการสัญญาณบอกจังหวะ คุณสามารถหาเครื่องมือ metronome ออนไลน์ที่คุณสามารถลองใช้ร่วมกันได้ แต่ทางที่ดี ควรหาวิธีลด latency ให้น้อยที่สุด เพื่อไม่ให้ใครมี delay มากกว่า 30-50 มิลลิวินาที"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าผู้เข้าร่วมทุกคนควรปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ซึ่งจะเป็นตัวกำหนดว่าคุณสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้อย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจะทราบได้อย่างไรว่าฉันสามารถเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้หรือไม่? มีกฎไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์อยู่บนหน้ารายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของ Jamulus แสดงว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นยอมรับให้ทุกคนสามารถเข้าเล่นได้ Jamulus ไม่มีระบบการป้องกันด้วยรหัสผ่านหรือกลไกการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์อื่นๆ แม้ว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจระบุเงื่อนไขการใช้งานไว้ในข้อความต้อนรับที่คุณจะเห็นในหน้าต่างแชท แต่ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เองไม่ได้มีส่วนเกี่ยวข้องใดๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ไม่จำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียนใน Directory เพื่อให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus เชื่อมต่อได้ ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์สามารถให้ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์แก่ผู้ที่ต้องการเล่นด้วยกันได้ จากนั้นพวกเขาก็สามารถเชื่อมต่อโดยตรงได้ ดู[หน้านี้สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรใช้อุปกรณ์ไร้สาย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การที่คุณจะสามารถเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้อย่างถูกจังหวะหรือไม่นั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับปัจจัยหลัก 2 อย่าง คือ latency (ดีเลย์) ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณ และการปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) โดยทั่วไปแล้ว delay ที่มากกว่า 50 ms มักจะทำให้เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้ยาก เว้นแต่ว่าคุณจะฝึกฝนตัวเองเป็นพิเศษ นักดนตรีบางคนรายงานว่าพวกเขาสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้แม้จะมี delay ถึง 70 ms โดยการเล่นนำจังหวะไปก่อน แต่มันจะเป็นเรื่องยากมากขึ้น หาก delay มากกว่านั้น เว้นแต่ว่าจังหวะจะไม่ใช่ปัจจัยสำคัญในเพลงนั้น หรือคุณแค่อยากฟังเฉยๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดังนั้น การลดต้นเหตุของดีเลย์หรือปัญหาอื่นๆ ที่อาจเกิดขึ้นกับสัญญาณเสียงจึงเป็นเรื่องที่ควรทำ แม้แต่ Wi-Fi ที่รวดเร็วก็มักจะไม่เสถียรพอที่จะใช้งานกับ Jamulus เป็นเวลานาน และหูฟัง Bluetooth กับไมโครโฟน Bluetooth มักจะมีดีเลย์ประมาณ 50 ms หรือมากกว่านั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรฟังสัญญาณเสียงของตัวเอง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ด้วยเหตุผลเดียวกับที่คุณต้องลดดีเลย์ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเพื่อให้เล่นได้ตรงจังหวะ คุณต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังเล่นกับเสียงของตัวเองที่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้ยิน ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับเรื่องนี้ และวิธีทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ปฏิบัติตาม “Golden Rule” นี้ [ได้ที่นี่](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แน่นอน หากคุณกำลังเล่นเครื่องดนตรีอะคูสติก หรือคุณเป็นนักร้อง การทำให้ไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณเองอาจทำได้ยาก แต่คุณควรพยายามลองทำดู เช่น การใช้หูฟังแบบครอบหู (closed-back) ที่ปรับระดับเสียงดังพอที่จะกลบเสียงของคุณเอง ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถจดจ่อกับเสียงมิกซ์ที่ส่งกลับมาหาคุณจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตความเร็วสูงหรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งถ้าคุณไม่ได้เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อให้คนอื่นเข้ามาเล่น สิ่งที่สำคัญกว่า คือการมีค่า ping ที่ต่ำพอ คนส่วนใหญ่ที่ใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้านความเร็วมาตรฐาน (เช่น ดาวน์โหลด 10 Mbps และอัปโหลด 1 Mbps) จะไม่มีปัญหา ส่วนผู้ที่เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus โดยใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้าน คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากแบนด์วิดท์ _อัปโหลด_ ของคุณต่ำกว่าประมาณ 5 Mbps ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับจำนวนคนที่เข้าร่วม"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น หากคุณแค่ต้องการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคนอื่น สิ่งที่คุณต้องมีก็คือโปรแกรมไคลเอนต์ Jamulus [อ่านตรงนี้หากคุณคิดว่าคุณจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นของตัวเอง](/wiki/Running-a-Server)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานอย่างไร (โดยทั่วไป)?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานบนหลักการของไคลเอนต์-เซิร์ฟเวอร์ เสียงของทุกคนจะถูกส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อมิกซ์เสียงและประมวลผลที่นั่น หลังจากนั้น เสียงจะถูกส่งกลับไปยังไคลเอนต์แต่ละคน หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ลงทะเบียนไว้ใน Directory ของ Jamulus ข้อมูลของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะถูกส่งไปยังไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมดที่ใช้ Directory นั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไม Jamulus ไม่รองรับวิดีโอ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเพิ่มการรองรับวิดีโอทำให้ระบบมีความซับซ้อนมากขึ้น คุณสามารถใช้ซอฟต์แวร์อื่นๆ เช่น Jitsi หรือ Zoom ได้ หากคุณต้องการเห็นหน้าคนอื่นๆ ขณะเล่น (หรือมี \"ผู้ชม\") แต่ภาพวิดีโอจะช้ากว่าเสียงจาก Jamulus อย่างมาก"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Server FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ลงทะเบียนแล้วไม่จำเป็นต้องทำ port forwarding?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว network address translation (NAT) จะบล็อกสัญญาณขาเข้าที่มาจากภายนอกเครือข่ายท้องถิ่น สัญญาณจากข้างนอกจะเข้าถึงคอมพิวเตอร์ของเราได้เฉพาะเมื่อแพ็กเก็ตนั้นเกี่ยวข้องกับสัญญาณที่เราเคยส่งออกไปก่อนหน้านี้เท่านั้น (ในเชิงเทคนิค คือแพ็กเก็ตที่มีสถานะ “related” และ “established”) ในกรณีที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไว้ ตัวเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ของคุณจะเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อขาออกเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับ Directory จากนั้นเป็นต้นไป ตัว Directory จะส่งสัญญาณ “ping” (ที่มีสถานะ established/related) (ไม่ใช่ ICMP ping) กลับมายังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณเป็นระยะๆ เพื่อให้พอร์ตที่เกี่ยวข้องยังคงเปิดอยู่บนเราเตอร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อย่างไรก็ตาม ในกรณีของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายจะต้องเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อกับเครือข่ายของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ แต่ระบบ NAT ที่อยู่ภายในเราเตอร์อาจจะป้องกันสิ่งนี้ ดังนั้นคุณจึงต้องกำหนดค่าในเราเตอร์ของคุณเพื่ออนุญาตคำขอการเชื่อมต่อขาเข้าบนพอร์ต Jamulus โดยการตั้งค่า port forwarding"

From d00417eb6813d6f059f7528b88610149204a4e4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 21:10:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 042/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 26.7% (15 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
---
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 189 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 97 insertions(+), 92 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 31e8227af..c901730c0 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Client Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหาไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
@@ -70,288 +70,293 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่ได้ยินเสียง/คนอื่นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เริ่มจากเบสิคก่อน: ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเครื่องดนตรี/ไมโครโฟนและหูฟังของคุณเชื่อมต่อกับช่องเสียบที่ถูกต้อง ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์ วิดีโอคอล ฯลฯ ที่กำลังใช้งานการ์ดเสียงของคุณอยู่ คุณควรปิดแอปพลิเคชันเหล่านั้นขณะใช้งาน Jamulus หากมีปัญหาอยู่ แสดงว่าการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจมีปัญหา ซึ่งจะขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ (แพลตฟอร์ม ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และไดรเวอร์) ดังนั้น ทางที่ดีควรสอบถามดูใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) เพื่อขอคำแนะนำ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ผู้ใช้ Windows (ASIO4ALL)**: หากคุณกำลังใช้ไดรเวอร์ ASIO4ALL ให้ดูที่[ส่วนการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นหูฟังหรือไมโครโฟนที่คุณเพิ่งเชื่อมต่อกับ PC ของคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ให้รีสตาร์ท Jamulus หนึ่งครั้งโดยที่ยังคงเสียบอุปกรณ์ของคุณอยู่ เนื่องจากในตอนนี้ Jamulus ยังไม่สามารถแสดงอุปกรณ์ที่ถูกเสียบหลังจากที่เปิดแอพพลิเคชันได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Your sound is stuttering"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เสียงของคุณกระตุก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองเลือกขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่ขึ้นในการตั้งค่าของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่หมายถึงค่า latency ที่สูงขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้เข้ากันยาก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ ให้ได้มากที่สุด สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (โดยสมมติว่าทุกคนมีค่า latency ต่ำพอสมควร) โปรดทราบว่า หากนักดนตรีหนึ่งคนหรือมากกว่านั้นไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะเล่นหรือร้องเพลงช้าลง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถทดสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ยินสัญญาณเสียงอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ โดยทำตามขั้นตอนต่อไปนี้:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 มิลลิวินาที)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus แต่จะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/แถบเลื่อนของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ทางด้านซ้าย)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands again."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตบมืออีกครั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตามกฎข้อที่หนึ่ง คุณได้เปิดใช้งานเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดใช้งาน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีที่คุณจะหลีกเลี่ยงการฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเองนั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ เช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟส มิกเซอร์ จุดเชื่อมต่อหูฟัง ฯลฯ ตัวอย่างเช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสบางรุ่นมีปุ่ม \"monitor\" (ให้ปิดปุ่มนี้) หรือตัวเลือกที่คล้ายกัน **หากคุณยังคงประสบปัญหา** ลองสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า แม้ว่าการฟังสัญญาณของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะทำให้มั่นใจได้ว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ แต่คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากค่า latency โดยรวมของคุณ (แสดงด้วยไฟ \"Delay\" ใน Jamulus) ไม่เป็นสีเขียวหรืออย่างน้อยก็เป็นสีเหลืองเกือบตลอดเวลา ศึกษา[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual) เพื่อทำความเข้าใจวิธีปรับการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อช่วยแก้ไขปัญหานี้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าไมโครโฟนไม่ได้?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไฟ LED ของบัฟเฟอร์เปลี่ยนเป็นสีแดงกะทันหัน เสียงขาดๆ หายๆ มีอาการ [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter) หรือมีเสียงแปลกๆ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า การตั้งค่า reverb ใน Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้น หากคุณใส่ reverb มาก"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ค่า ping time และ latency เริ่มต้นดี แต่แย่ลงเรื่อยๆ จนทำให้เกิดปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีอย่างอื่นที่กำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ของพวกเขา และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [รายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ อีกมากมาย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโออย่างง่ายไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและน่าเชื่อถือกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ!) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีคนเข้าร่วมแจมของคุณและเสียงดังเกินไป?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่า \"New Client Level\" เป็นค่าต่ำๆ ได้ (เช่น 10) หรือตั้งค่าให้นักดนตรีที่คุณกำลังเล่นด้วยอยู่ในสถานะ \"Solo\" (ในแผงมิกเซอร์ทางด้านขวา) วิธีนี้จะทำให้ผู้เข้าร่วมใหม่เสียงเบามาก หรือคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขาเลย"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์เลย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่า Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดไว้หรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในบางกรณี ISP ของคุณอาจบล็อกการใช้งาน Jamulus ของคุณอยู่ ดูหมายเหตุใน[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) เกี่ยวกับ \"ไม่มีใครสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของฉันได้\""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดว่าไม่สามารถเปิด \"Jamulus\" ได้เนื่องจากไม่สามารถยืนยันตัวตนผู้พัฒนาได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือบิลด์รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "To open Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีเปิด Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ Applications ผ่าน Finder"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดับเบิลคลิกที่ Jamulus แล้วรอจนกว่าข้อความที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้นจะปรากฏขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปิดข้อความนี้โดยคลิกที่ \"Cancel\""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากนั้นคลิก Control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือก \"Open\" จากด้านบนของเมนู"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่ต่างกันเล็กน้อย ซึ่งจะอนุญาตให้คุณคลิก \"Open\" ได้ หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีปัญหาในการใช้ Garageband (หรือ DAW อื่นๆ) กับ Jamulus?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดู[การสนทนานี้ในฟอรัม](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ใช้ Mac อยู่และไม่ได้ยินเสียงอินพุตของคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(ขอขอบคุณ [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge.  To fix this:\n"
 "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n"
 "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n"
 msgstr ""
+"คุณอาจไม่ได้ตอบ \"ใช่\" เมื่อ `\"Jamulus ต้องการเข้าถึงไมโครโฟนของคุณ\"`  วิธีแก้ไข:\n"
+"* ไปที่ `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > แท็บ `Privacy`\n"
+"* ค้นหา `Microphone` ทางด้านซ้าย จากนั้นตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า `Jamulus` ถูกเปิดใช้งานอยู่ในรายการทางด้านขวา\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สำหรับปัญหาอื่นๆ โปรดค้นหาหรือโพสต์ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"

From c4a1214b705803d4f11c4701fe338b7bf0e0d8dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:56:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 043/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 26.3% (5 of 19 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index 0d05659bd..9ca28a414 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38
@@ -128,4 +128,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From 25d6c10a2c9db4fa647ecdd1c5309faf0663f3e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 21:18:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 044/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 96.4% (54 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
---
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 114 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 57 insertions(+), 57 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index c901730c0..ce3ca3045 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 22:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -117,153 +117,153 @@ msgstr "เสียงของคุณกระตุก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
-msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองเลือกขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่ขึ้นในการตั้งค่าของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่หมายถึงค่า latency ที่สูงขึ้น"
+msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับ buffer size ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองปรับ buffer size ให้ใหญ่ขึ้นในหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากยิ่งบัฟเฟอร์ใหญ่ดีเลย์ก็ยิ่งเยอะ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
-msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้เข้ากันยาก"
+msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกันยาก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
-msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ ให้ได้มากที่สุด สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (โดยสมมติว่าทุกคนมีค่า latency ต่ำพอสมควร) โปรดทราบว่า หากนักดนตรีหนึ่งคนหรือมากกว่านั้นไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะเล่นหรือร้องเพลงช้าลง\n"
+msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (หากทุกคนมีค่า latency ที่ต่ำพอ) โปรดทราบว่า หากมีนักดนตรีที่ไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะทำให้ดนตรีช้าลงเรื่อยๆ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:"
 msgstr "คุณสามารถทดสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ยินสัญญาณเสียงอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ โดยทำตามขั้นตอนต่อไปนี้:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
-msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 มิลลิวินาที)"
+msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 ms)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
-msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus แต่จะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
+msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ แต่เสียงนั้นควรจะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
-msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/แถบเลื่อนของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ทางด้านซ้าย)"
+msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ที่ทางด้านซ้าย)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands again."
 msgstr "ตบมืออีกครั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
-msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตามกฎข้อที่หนึ่ง คุณได้เปิดใช้งานเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดใช้งาน"
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตาม Golden Rule — คุณกำลังฟังเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดมัน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
 msgstr "วิธีที่คุณจะหลีกเลี่ยงการฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเองนั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ เช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟส มิกเซอร์ จุดเชื่อมต่อหูฟัง ฯลฯ ตัวอย่างเช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสบางรุ่นมีปุ่ม \"monitor\" (ให้ปิดปุ่มนี้) หรือตัวเลือกที่คล้ายกัน **หากคุณยังคงประสบปัญหา** ลองสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า แม้ว่าการฟังสัญญาณของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะทำให้มั่นใจได้ว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ แต่คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากค่า latency โดยรวมของคุณ (แสดงด้วยไฟ \"Delay\" ใน Jamulus) ไม่เป็นสีเขียวหรืออย่างน้อยก็เป็นสีเหลืองเกือบตลอดเวลา ศึกษา[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual) เพื่อทำความเข้าใจวิธีปรับการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อช่วยแก้ไขปัญหานี้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?"
 msgstr "ตั้งค่าไมโครโฟนไม่ได้?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
-msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
+msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถเลือกใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?"
 msgstr "ไฟ LED ของบัฟเฟอร์เปลี่ยนเป็นสีแดงกะทันหัน เสียงขาดๆ หายๆ มีอาการ [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter) หรือมีเสียงแปลกๆ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
-msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า การตั้งค่า reverb ใน Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้น หากคุณใส่ reverb มาก"
+msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า ยิ่งตั้งค่า reverb ไว้ฉ่ำเท่าไหร่ Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้นเท่านั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues"
 msgstr "ค่า ping time และ latency เริ่มต้นดี แต่แย่ลงเรื่อยๆ จนทำให้เกิดปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
-msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีอย่างอื่นที่กำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ของพวกเขา และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [รายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
+msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีบางสิ่งกำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณอยู่ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [ดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
-msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ อีกมากมาย?"
+msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
-msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโออย่างง่ายไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและน่าเชื่อถือกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ!) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโอไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและโอกาสตั้งค่าผิดพลาดน้อยกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับเซ็ตอัพเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?"
 msgstr "มีคนเข้าร่วมแจมของคุณและเสียงดังเกินไป?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all."
 msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่า \"New Client Level\" เป็นค่าต่ำๆ ได้ (เช่น 10) หรือตั้งค่าให้นักดนตรีที่คุณกำลังเล่นด้วยอยู่ในสถานะ \"Solo\" (ในแผงมิกเซอร์ทางด้านขวา) วิธีนี้จะทำให้ผู้เข้าร่วมใหม่เสียงเบามาก หรือคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขาเลย"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?"
 msgstr "ไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
-msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
+msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?"
 msgstr "ไม่เห็นรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์เลย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
-msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่า Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดไว้หรือไม่"
+msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่าของ Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดมันไว้หรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
@@ -273,79 +273,79 @@ msgstr "ในบางกรณี ISP ของคุณอาจบล็อ
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified"
 msgstr "ได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดว่าไม่สามารถเปิด \"Jamulus\" ได้เนื่องจากไม่สามารถยืนยันตัวตนผู้พัฒนาได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
-msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือบิลด์รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
+msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือ build รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "To open Jamulus"
 msgstr "วิธีเปิด Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder"
 msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ Applications ผ่าน Finder"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message"
 msgstr "ดับเบิลคลิกที่ Jamulus แล้วรอจนกว่าข้อความที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้นจะปรากฏขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\""
 msgstr "ปิดข้อความนี้โดยคลิกที่ \"Cancel\""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
-msgstr "จากนั้นคลิก Control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือก \"Open\" จากด้านบนของเมนู"
+msgstr "จากนั้นกดปุ่ม control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือกตัวเลือก \"Open\" ที่อยู่ด้านบนของเมนู"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
-msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่ต่างกันเล็กน้อย ซึ่งจะอนุญาตให้คุณคลิก \"Open\" ได้ หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
+msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่มีจุดต่างกันเล็กน้อย รอบนี้จะมีปุ่ม \"Open\" ให้คลิก หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?"
 msgstr "มีปัญหาในการใช้ Garageband (หรือ DAW อื่นๆ) กับ Jamulus?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
 msgstr "ดู[การสนทนานี้ในฟอรัม](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?"
 msgstr "ใช้ Mac อยู่และไม่ได้ยินเสียงอินพุตของคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
 msgstr "(ขอขอบคุณ [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge.  To fix this:\n"
 "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n"
@@ -357,6 +357,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr "สำหรับปัญหาอื่นๆ โปรดค้นหาหรือโพสต์ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"

From 2f6f6891dd552234ebc157ecac66e4fd4b169eed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 08:18:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 045/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.7% (3 of 16 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
index 3716c1ed5..1d2260b09 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Directories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9

From 22550eb1f940bdd3d41164563a21ca0f3ed569cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 046/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 25.0% (7 of 28 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 2b19ba163..f6350ee86 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16

From 9d2e6fb81d8be472e0048afec4eb07a5a155a2de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 047/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (14 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po       | 20 +++++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 6485971a9..67dc3468d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for macOS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน macOS"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
@@ -73,18 +73,22 @@ msgid ""
 "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
 "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: เปิดไฟล์ `.dmg` ที่ดาวน์โหลดมา ยอมรับข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งาน *ลากและวาง* ไอคอนทั้งหมดที่คุณเห็นในหน้าต่าง (Jamulus Client และ Server) ลงใน *โฟลเดอร์ Applications* หลังจากนั้น คุณสามารถปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้\n"
+"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_คุณสามารถลบโฟลเดอร์ในไดเร็กทอรี Downloads ที่มีไฟล์ `.dmg` อยู่ และนำไดรฟ์ \"Jamulus\" ออกจากเดสก์ท็อปของคุณได้ เนื่องจากไม่จำเป็นต้องใช้แล้ว_"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หมายเหตุ:** คุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
@@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at the"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31

From f731c31fb115ffdf71aa66dd67ffb98c1391b76c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:15:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 048/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 95.9% (47 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           | 92 ++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 45 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index 42b1a4450..08dc64361 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Linux"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
@@ -62,206 +62,206 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน?** คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์?** อ่าน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Running-a-Server) ก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Debian and Ubuntu"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Debian และ Ubuntu"
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ใช้ Repository อย่างเป็นทางการ (แนะนำ)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เรามี repository สำหรับ Debian และ Ubuntu ที่ช่วยให้คุณสามารถอัปเดตโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้โดยอัตโนมัติพร้อมกับการอัปเดตระบบอื่นๆ วิธีการใช้ repository:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*เฉพาะ Ubuntu* - เปิดใช้งาน repository \"universe\" ของ Ubuntu (คุณสามารถใช้ [เปิดใช้งานผ่าน GUI](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) หรือ [เปิดใช้งานด้วยคำสั่งใน Terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดสคริปต์ตั้งค่า repository:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าให้สคริปต์สามารถรันได้:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รันสคริปต์ตั้งค่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n"
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Installing the .deb files manually"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งไฟล์ .deb ด้วยตนเอง"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus สำหรับสถาปัตยกรรมของคุณ: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) หรือ [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเดต apt โดยเปิดหน้าต่าง Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T) แล้วพิมพ์: `sudo apt-get update`"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ที่คุณดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ติดตั้งไว้ จากนั้นดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ หรือใช้คำสั่ง: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (หรือสำหรับ Raspberry Pi ฯลฯ ตามข้างต้น)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณสามารถลบไฟล์และปิดหน้าต่างคอนโซลได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**การอัปเกรด:** หากคุณต้องการอัปเกรด Jamulus เป็นเวอร์ชันที่ใหม่กว่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus ด้วยตนเอง เพียงดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ .deb ใหม่ แล้วติดตั้งใหม่อีกครั้งตามขั้นตอนข้างต้น\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Other distributions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สำหรับตัวติดตั้งบนดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ ให้ดูที่ตัวจัดการแพ็กเกจของดิสทริบิวชันนั้นๆ และ [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions) หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณไม่มี Jamulus เวอร์ชันล่าสุด คุณสามารถ[คอมไพล์ Jamulus จากซอร์สโค้ด](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md) ได้ และลองดู[สคริปต์การติดตั้ง](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) ที่ผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ สร้างขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Set up your hardware"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จำเป็นต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ที่กำลังทำงานอยู่จึงจะเริ่มทำงานได้ คุณต้องตรวจสอบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์เสียงแบบ low-latency สำหรับดิสทริบิวชันของคุณคือตัวไหน  - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl)  - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ PipeWire ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การกำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีที่แนะนำสำหรับการรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) คือการใช้ `QjackCtl`"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด QjackCtl ขึ้นมา คุณจะเห็น **Qt JACK Control utility main page**"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กำหนดค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณดังนี้:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Interface** เสียง ให้ตรงกับอุปกรณ์ที่คุณต้องการใช้ (อาจมีหลายตัวเลือกในรายการ ให้เลือกอันที่ถูกต้อง เพราะระหว่างที่ Jamulus และ JACK ทำงานคุณจะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงการตั้งค่านี้ได้)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Sample Rate เป็น 48000**"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Frames/Period เป็น 128** และ **Periods/Buffer เป็น 2** ในตอนแรก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รีสตาร์ท JACK เพื่อให้การตั้งค่าใหม่มีผล จากนั้นไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure PipeWire"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การกำหนดค่า PipeWire"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust.  You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand.  You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PipeWire มีเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK เป็นของตัวเอง เมื่อคุณเปิดไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ตัว PipeWire จะรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK โดยอัตโนมัติ อย่างไรก็ตาม มีพารามิเตอร์บางอย่างที่ต้องปรับแต่ง  คุณต้องตั้งค่าออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณเป็นโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" และกำหนดค่าพารามิเตอร์ \"rate\" และ \"quantum\" ของ PipeWire ไว้ล่วงหน้า  คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการกำหนดค่าได้ใน [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
-#, markdown-text
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text
 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab.  2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีตั้งค่าระบบของคุณ: 1. เปิด `pavucontrol` (โปรแกรมมิกซ์เสียง) แล้วเลือกโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" สำหรับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณในแท็บการกำหนดค่า  2. ใน Terminal ให้ใช้คำสั่งสองคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อบังคับค่า rate และ quantum ของ PipeWire:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
@@ -270,30 +270,32 @@ msgid ""
 "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n"
 "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n"
 msgstr ""
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n"
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากนั้น ไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Start Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เริ่ม Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากกำหนดค่า JACK หรือ PipeWire เสร็จแล้ว ให้เปิด Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีปัญหาใดๆ ให้ตรวจสอบ [หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](Client-Troubleshooting) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
@@ -305,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at the"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99

From 26b2203435910f46f89c10591cfdf856ec43643d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 12:17:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 049/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 158 +++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 81 insertions(+), 77 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 55390d585..b610fa330 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือนี้จัดทำขึ้นเพื่ออธิบายการใช้งานตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus สำหรับนักดนตรีและนักร้องที่ใช้ซอฟต์แวร์นี้เพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "</details> \n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Main Window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่างหลัก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28
@@ -94,426 +94,430 @@ msgid ""
 "\t<figcaption>Your local mix when connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
+"\t<figcaption>หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ของคุณเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ping, Delay และ Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Ping** แสดงค่าดีเลย์ (latency) ของเครือข่ายของคุณเป็นหน่วยมิลลิวินาที ยิ่งตัวเลขนี้น้อยก็ยิ่งดี ค่า ping time จะมีผลต่อค่า delay โดยรวม (ดูรายละเอียดด้านล่าง) สาเหตุที่เป็นไปได้มากที่สุดที่ทำค่า ping สูง คือระยะทางจากคุณไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ไกลเกินไป   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Delay** แสดงค่า latency โดยรวม ซึ่งคำนวณจากค่า ping time ล่าสุด รวมกับดีเลย์ที่เกิดจากการตั้งค่า audio buffer โดยสัญญาณไฟ LED จะแสดงสถานะดังนี้:\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีเขียว** - ค่า delay เหมาะสมที่สุดสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีเหลือง** - ยังสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ แต่การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะอาจจะยากขึ้น\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีแดง** - ค่า delay สูงเกินไปสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Jitter** แสดงสถานะปัจจุบันของการสตรีมเสียง หากสัญญาณไฟเป็น **สีแดง** แสดงว่าการสตรีมเสียงถูกขัดจังหวะ ซึ่งอาจเกิดจากปัญหาใดปัญหาหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "network jitter buffer มีขนาดเล็กเกินไปสำหรับเครือข่ายหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสที่คุณใช้อยู่"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "buffer delay (buffer size) ของการ์ดเสียงมีขนาดเล็กเกินไป (ดูหน้าต่าง Settings)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรแกรมกำลังพยายามถ่ายโอนข้อมูล (อัปโหลดหรือดาวน์โหลด) ในอัตราที่สูงเกินกว่าอินเทอร์เน็ตแบนด์วิดท์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CPU ของไคลเอนต์หรือเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทำงานอยู่ที่ 100%"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Input"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อินพุต"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input.  Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แสดงระดับเสียงของช่องสเตอริโอทั้งสองช่องสำหรับอินพุตเสียงของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าสัญญาณอินพุตไม่ดังเกินไปจนเกิดการ clipping เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงอาการเสียงแตก (ไฟ LED อันบนสุดจะขึ้นสีแดงเมื่อเกิดการ clipping)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute Myself button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute Myself"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตัดการสตรีมเสียงของคุณไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อให้คุณสามารถได้ยินเสียงตัวเองและเห็นระดับเสียงอินพุตของคุณเองได้ แต่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่ได้ยิน โปรดทราบว่านักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเองอยู่"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Reverb effect"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เอฟเฟกต์ Reverb"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode.  The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่ม reverb ให้กับช่องสัญญาณเสียงโมโนของคุณ หรือทั้งสองช่องสัญญาณในโหมดสเตอริโอ คุณสามารถปรับแต่งการเลือกช่องสัญญาณโมโนและระดับ reverb ได้ ตัวอย่างเช่น หากสัญญาณไมโครโฟนถูกป้อนเข้าไปในช่องสัญญาณเสียงด้านขวา และต้องการใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ให้ตั้งค่าตัวเลือกช่องสัญญาณเป็น Right และเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ขึ้นจนกว่าจะถึงระดับ reverb ที่ต้องการ"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างแชท ข้อความที่ป้อนจะถูกส่งไปยังไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมดที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่ในเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน หากมีข้อความแชทใหม่เข้ามา และหน้าต่าง Chat ยังไม่ได้เปิดอยู่ มันจะเปิดขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมด คุณสามารถตั้งค่าเพื่อเปิดใช้งานเสียงแจ้งเตือนเมื่อได้รับข้อความแชทใหม่ได้ในหน้า Settings"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Connect/disconnect button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่มเชื่อมต่อ/ยกเลิกการเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session.  You can also open the dialogue using \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อเชื่อมต่อได้ หากคุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ การกดปุ่มนี้จะเป็นการตัดการเชื่อมต่อ คุณยังสามารถเปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้โดยเลือกเมนู \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\" ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถดูรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ โดยยังคงเชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ปัจจุบัน จนกว่าคุณจะย้ายไปเซิร์ฟเวอร์อื่น"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location.  Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่าง Connection Setup จะแสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ใช้งานได้ พร้อมกับ \"ระยะทาง\" (ในแง่ของ ping time) จำนวนผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบัน จำนวนผู้ใช้งานสูงสุดที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์รองรับ และตำแหน่งที่ตั้งของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ โดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่อยู่ในรายชื่อนี้มาแล้วนานกว่า 24 ชั่วโมงติดต่อกัน จะแสดงเป็นตัวหนา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลิกที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม แล้วกดปุ่ม Connect เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ หรือดับเบิลคลิกที่ชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre.  You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character.  If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะลงทะเบียนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของตนกับ Directory บางอันเปิดไว้สำหรับบางแนวเพลงโดยเฉพาะ บางอันจะเปิดสำหรับทุกแนวเพลง (any genre) และอาจมี [custom entries](#custom-directories) เพิ่มเติมหากได้ตั้งค่าไว้ คุณสามารถเปลี่ยน Directory โดยเลือก genre ที่กล่องด้านบน คุณสามารถกรองรายชื่อตามชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือตำแหน่ง หากต้องการแสดงเฉพาะเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีคนใช้งานอยู่ ให้ป้อนอักขระ \"#\" หากคุณเลือก \"Show All Musicians\" จะมีการแสดงรายชื่อผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบันด้วย"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.)  The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses.  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณทราบ IP address หรือ URL ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ส่วนตัว คุณสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นได้โดยใส่ในช่อง Server Name/Address คุณสามารถเพิ่มหมายเลขพอร์ตต่อท้าย address ได้ โดยใช้เครื่องหมายโคลอนเป็นตัวคั่น เช่น `jamulus.example.com:22124` (โปรดทราบว่า IP address แบบ IPv6 ต้องอยู่ในวงเล็บก้ามปู เช่น `[::1]:22124`) ช่องนี้จะแสดงรายชื่อ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เพิ่งใช้งานล่าสุด ปุ่มที่อยู่ถัดจากช่องนี้ช่วยให้คุณสามารถลบรายการปัจจุบันออกจากรายชื่อได้"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Server audio mixer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself).  The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ จะแสดงผู้ใช้แต่ละคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (รวมถึงตัวคุณเอง) คุณสามารถใช้เฟดเดอร์เพื่อปรับระดับเสียงที่คุณจะได้ยิน โดยไม่ส่งผลกระทบต่อเสียงที่คนอื่นได้ยิน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "VU meter แสดงระดับเสียงอินพุตที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้รับ นั่นคือเสียงที่กำลังถูกส่ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณตั้งค่า Audio Channel เป็น Stereo หรือ Stereo Out ใน Settings คุณจะเห็นตัวควบคุม pan (กด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกเพื่อรีเซ็ต)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณเห็นไอคอน \"mute\" แสดงเหนือผู้ใช้ แสดงว่าบุคคลนั้นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ อาจเป็นเพราะพวกเขาปิดเสียงคุณ หรือตั้งค่า Solo ให้กับผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ โดยที่ไม่ได้รวมคุณไว้ด้วย หรือตั้งค่าเฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกซ์ของพวกเขาไว้ที่ตำแหน่งล่างสุด"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดยปกติ ผู้ใช้จะปรากฏจากซ้ายไปขวาตามลำดับที่พวกเขาเชื่อมต่อเข้ามา แต่คุณสามารถเรียงลำดับตามชื่อ เครื่องดนตรี กลุ่ม หรือเมืองได้โดยเลือกจากเมนู View"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์เปิดใช้งานระบบบันทึกเสียง คุณจะเห็นข้อความเหนือมิกเซอร์ที่ระบุว่ากำลังมีการบันทึกเสียงของคุณอยู่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Grp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถจัดกลุ่มผู้ใช้เข้าด้วยกันได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม \"group\" การเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ของสมาชิกคนใดคนหนึ่งในกลุ่ม จะเป็นการเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์อื่นๆ ในกลุ่มนั้นด้วยในปริมาณที่เท่ากัน คุณสามารถแยกช่องสัญญาณออกจากกลุ่มได้ชั่วคราวโดยกด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกลาก คุณสามารถกำหนดกลุ่มได้สูงสุด 8 กลุ่ม"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปิดเสียงช่องนั้นในมิกซ์ของคุณ โปรดทราบว่า เมื่อคุณปิดเสียงใครบางคน พวกเขาจะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ เพื่อระบุว่าคุณไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขา และโปรดทราบว่า คุณจะยังคงเห็น VU meter ของพวกเขาขยับอยู่เมื่อเขาส่งเสียงไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตำแหน่งเฟดเดอร์ของคุณสำหรับพวกเขาก็จะไม่ได้รับผลกระทบเช่นกัน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณ**เอง** หมายความว่าคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ซึ่งไม่แนะนำให้ทำ เพราะอาจทำให้คุณเล่นไม่ตรงจังหวะกับผู้เล่นคนอื่นๆ) ดังนั้น การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณเอง จึงไม่เหมือนกับการใช้คำสั่ง \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Solo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ช่วยให้คุณสามารถฟังเฉพาะเสียงของผู้ใช้หนึ่งคนหรือหลายคนได้ ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะถูกปิดเสียง และโปรดทราบว่า ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Settings"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "My Profile"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากเมนู Settings เลือก \"My Profile...\" เพื่อตั้งค่า Alias/Name (ชื่อ/ฉายา) ของคุณ ซึ่งจะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ตั้งค่า Instrument และ/หรือ Country/Region ไอคอนสำหรับสิ่งที่คุณเลือกเหล่านี้จะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณด้วย การตั้งค่า skill จะเปลี่ยนสีพื้นหลังของแท็กเฟดเดอร์ และรายการ City จะแสดงใน tooltip เมื่อเอาเมาส์จ่อไว้ที่ป้ายชื่อบนเฟดเดอร์:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Skin"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เลือกใช้ skin กับหน้าต่างหลัก ซึ่ง skin บางแบบได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อรองรับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รูปแบบ Meter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปลี่ยนรูปแบบของ audio meter โดยไม่ขึ้นกับ skin ที่เลือก"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mixer rows"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าจำนวนแถวที่แสดงในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สำหรับใช้กับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio Alerts"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเสียงแจ้งเตือนเมื่อมีคนเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือเมื่อได้รับข้อความแชทใหม่"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio/Network Setup"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio Device"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในระบบปฏิบัติการ Windows คุณสามารถเลือกไดรเวอร์ ASIO (การ์ดเสียง) ที่จะใช้กับ Jamulus ได้ หากไดรเวอร์ ASIO ที่เลือกไม่ถูกต้อง จะมีข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดปรากฏขึ้น และไดรเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องก่อนหน้านี้จะถูกเลือก ใน macOS คุณสามารถเลือกฮาร์ดแวร์อินพุตและเอาต์พุตได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Input/output channel mapping"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากอุปกรณ์การ์ดเสียงที่เลือกมีช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุตมากกว่าหนึ่งช่อง การตั้งค่า _Input Channel Mapping และ Output Channel Mapping_ จะปรากฏขึ้น คุณสามารถเลือกช่องสัญญาณการ์ดเสียงที่แตกต่างกันสำหรับช่องสัญญาณอินพุต/เอาต์พุต Jamulus แต่ละช่อง (ช่องสัญญาณซ้ายและขวา) ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio channels"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เลือกจำนวนช่องสัญญาณเสียงที่จะใช้สำหรับการสื่อสารระหว่างไคลเอนต์และเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หมายเหตุ**: การรันไคลเอนต์แยกกันสำหรับแต่ละเสียง/เครื่องดนตรี โดยที่ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายมีไฟล์ ini ของตัวเอง จะดีกว่าการใช้ไคลเอนต์ตัวเดียวแล้วมิกซ์เสียงโมโนคู่เป็นสเตอริโอ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีสามโหมดให้เลือก:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โหมด **Mono** และ **Stereo** ใช้ช่องสัญญาณเสียงหนึ่งช่องและสองช่องตามลำดับ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
@@ -521,13 +525,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
 "the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: สัญญาณเสียงที่ส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นแบบโมโน แต่สัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ ซึ่งมีประโยชน์หากการ์ดเสียงมีเครื่องดนตรีอยู่ที่ช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหนึ่งช่อง และไมโครโฟนอยู่ที่อีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่ง ในกรณีนี้ สัญญาณอินพุตทั้งสองสามารถมิกซ์เป็นช่องสัญญาณโมโนช่องเดียวได้ แต่เสียงมิกซ์จากเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะได้ยินเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเปิดใช้งานโหมดสเตอริโอจะเพิ่มอัตราการส่งข้อมูลของสตรีมของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอัตราการอัปโหลดของคุณไม่เกินความเร็วในการอัปโหลดของการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194

From da77ff2974fcc83195043d86b36b463679295df9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 08:06:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 050/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 96.1% (25 of 26 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Privacy-Statement
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/privacy-statement/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po | 48 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
index b974bc34e..71bc38185 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus – คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
@@ -49,124 +49,124 @@ msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**เอกสารนี้ (ฉบับภาษาอังกฤษ) เป็นคำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัวอย่างเป็นทางการสำหรับซอฟต์แวร์_เวอร์ชันปัจจุบัน_ ที่มีอยู่ในเว็บไซต์นี้ ซอฟต์แวร์เวอร์ชันก่อนหน้า และคำแปลนโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวที่ไม่ใช่ภาษาอังกฤษ อาจมีประเด็นที่แตกต่างกันซึ่งไม่สามารถใช้ได้หรือไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนอีกต่อไป**\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Definition of Terms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความหมายของคำศัพท์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**เซิร์ฟเวอร์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ทำงานเป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อรับการเชื่อมต่อจากไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**ไคลเอนต์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ใช้ในการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**Directory**\" เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ที่ทำหน้าที่ส่งรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ต่างๆ ให้แก่ไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus.io Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เว็บไซต์ Jamulus.io"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เว็บไซต์ที่ [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) ใช้ GitHub Pages เป็นผู้ให้บริการ โดยทีมงาน Jamulus ไม่ได้สร้างเว็บไซต์ให้มีการใช้งาน tracking cookies แต่โปรดดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) ของ Github สำหรับข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมข้อมูลและความเป็นส่วนตัวโดยรวม คลังความรู้ของชุมชนใช้ [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) สำหรับการสนทนาและแสดงความคิดเห็น คุณสามารถดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวของ giscus ได้บน GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Software"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์โอเพนซอร์สที่ทุกคนสามารถแก้ไขได้ ดังนั้น โครงการ Jamulus จึงไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับความเป็นส่วนตัว การรวบรวมข้อมูล หรือความปลอดภัยเกี่ยวกับการใช้งานซอฟต์แวร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "General Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ข้อมูลทั่วไป"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ภายใต้การใช้งานปกติ กับซอฟต์แวร์ที่ดาวน์โหลดจากเว็บไซต์นี้ที่ไม่ได้มีการดัดแปลง ข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณจะถูกแลกเปลี่ยนกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อ เพื่อนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน และบุคคลที่สาม (รวมถึง Directory) ที่ใช้โปรโตคอล Jamulus ข้อมูลนี้จำกัดเฉพาะชื่อ Jamulus เมือง ประเทศ เครื่องดนตรี และระดับทักษะของคุณตามที่คุณได้ตั้งค่าไว้ในโปรไฟล์ของคุณ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อจะสามารถเข้าถึงที่อยู่อินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ (ที่อยู่ IP) ได้ เนื่องจากจำเป็นสำหรับการทำงานของซอฟต์แวร์ แต่ข้อมูลนี้จะไม่ถูกแชร์กับเพื่อนในเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกันหรือบุคคลที่สาม"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การสื่อสารทั้งหมดระหว่างไคลเอนต์ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Directory และผู้ใช้โปรโตคอลบุคคลที่สามจะถูกส่งโดยไม่มีการเข้ารหัส"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Servers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ไม่ว่าจะโดยตรงหรือผ่าน Directory ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นๆ จะเป็นผู้รับผิดชอบนโยบายการดำเนินงาน นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว และนโยบายการใช้ข้อมูล แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้น เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อมูลการเชื่อมต่อหรือข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณ แต่เซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจถูกดัดแปลงให้ทำเช่นนั้น ดังนั้น คุณจึงไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลโปรไฟล์หรือ IP address ของคุณจะเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat Exchanges"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การสนทนาผ่าน Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chat คือข้อความที่สามารถแลกเปลี่ยนกันระหว่างไคลเอนต์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน ทุกคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะเห็นข้อความทั้งหมดใน Chat และคุณไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลที่ส่งผ่านฟังก์ชัน Chat ของ Jamulus จะเป็นส่วนตัว แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้นแล้ว เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อความใน Chat แต่บางเซิร์ฟเวอร์อาจถูกดัดแปลงให้บันทึกข้อมูลใน Chat ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Recordings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การบันทึกเสียง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะแสดงข้อความแจ้งเตือนหากมีการเปิดใช้งานการบันทึกเสียง การบันทึกเสียงของแต่ละแชนแนลจะถูกจัดเก็บโดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ และควบคุมโดยผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ผู้ใช้งานไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สามารถโปรแกรมอื่นๆ เพื่อบันทึกสัญญาณเสียงที่ออกมาจากโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้ ซึ่งอาจไม่ได้มีการแจ้งให้ทราบหรือมีข้อบ่งชี้ใดๆ ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เอง ไม่สามารถตรวจจับหรือควบคุมสถานการณ์เหล่านี้ได้ และไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ เกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมหรือการใช้ข้อมูลการบันทึกดังกล่าว"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "Directories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory คือจุดศูนย์กลางสำหรับค้นหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จะมาพร้อมกับรายชื่อ Directory ที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้า เพื่ออำนวยความสะดวกของผู้ใช้ โดย Directory เหล่านี้ดำเนินการอย่างอิสระ แต่จะใช้ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus เวอร์ชันที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลง หากคุณไม่ต้องการส่งข้อมูลของคุณไปยัง Directory คุณจะต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยตรง"

From c1c30a0a26ceaf9b034037e8513d72786cce18f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:17:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 051/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index a4b61f70d..1b1e80e68 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Windows"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13

From 267a91d204c8cd6e56ae761f391a1cf13e94143c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 052/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 36.8% (7 of 19 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index 9ca28a414..f1206b2e3 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
-#, fuzzy, markdown-text
+#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
 #, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16

From ac9c220920d8bd2fdce30f4e4c6ba473d1fe34f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:57:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 053/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 14 +++++---------
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 20761c419..83e0d49ee 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # Julien Taverna <jujudusud@gmail.com>, 2023.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 
@@ -171,10 +171,8 @@ msgstr "La manière exacte dont vous éviterez d'écouter votre signal direct d
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème."
+msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -335,10 +333,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""

From bc22b2ce2b030884c9e3eda83a52469dcc337a6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:55:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 054/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po | 10 ++++------
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
index 293f858b7..bb6114c36 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
 # Olivier Humbert <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # Julien Taverna <jujudusud@gmail.com>, 2023.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 
@@ -258,10 +258,8 @@ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de tchate à tout moment pour
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89

From 115d1c9cc88eff2eeeaa0812cd0160846c58d71f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:56:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 055/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po | 7 +++----
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index cd651facc..638f534f9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-24 06:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manuel du logiciel Jamulus"
+msgstr "Manuel utilisateur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From e98382068eccf0fa30efa729139db076af3e16ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 02:29:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 056/138] Update Dutch translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/nl/
---
 _translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
index d8f94878b..1008cf38b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Henk De Groot <weblate@hdegroot.com>, 2023, 2024.
+# Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot <weblate@hdegroot.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: nl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,10 +36,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus gebruikershandleiding"
+msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From a30c0cde25a57ebdfd38170a4bcf186d95d95c93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:56:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 057/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
index ed5bbbf40..2e230bc80 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From 3f45f17400beba379f2dd566eaf97f452d86f992 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 058/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 15 ++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index b1f6ac842..116b03c09 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> ตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption>เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption>หน้าต่างหลักหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 

From 766bcf71ccfb0ce2566251c096c6ecde0e300f3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 059/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 27 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index b610fa330..8be78c77d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
 "\t<figcaption>หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ของคุณเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "**Delay** แสดงค่า latency โดยรวม ซึ่ง
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
@@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "**สีเขียว** - ค่า delay เหมาะสมที
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
@@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "**สีเหลือง** - ยังสามารถเล่น
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
@@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถ
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
@@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "มิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเว
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
@@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "จากเมนู Settings เลือก \"My Profile...\" เพ
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
@@ -397,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "หากคุณได้ตั้งค่า Instrument และ/
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
@@ -457,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "Audio/Network Setup"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "Input/output channel mapping"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175

From 955b5f2ebff1a52ef7f7df4fe9070f88889d637e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 060/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.2% (35 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po | 9 +++++----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 268040ba4..12b5dd3ec 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานอย่างไร (โดยทั่วไ
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
 #, markdown-text, no-wrap
 msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
-msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
+msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61

From 9e6691e786249f1143597dcbabea5fe54821843d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:28:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 061/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 36df2cd27..d773d0db4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "Börja med de enkla sakerna: se till att ditt instrument/mikrofon och h
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
-msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
+msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#konfigurera-asio4all)\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26

From 3d286f42a5be48d215417f9a22841cea80109d1a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:07:38 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 062/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/sv/
---
 .../po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po              | 20 +++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
index 6616a515f..410bd5171 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "**Nej**. Du behöver inte köra en egen server. Du kan använda servrar
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish."
-msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar."
+msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#ha-en-ostörd-session-på-vilken-server-som-helst). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28
@@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
-msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n"
-msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#server-modes) nedan.\n"
+msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#serverlägen) nedan.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86
 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:"
-msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:"
+msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#konfigurationsalternativ) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "**För GUI** (alla plattformar)\n"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146
 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
-msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "Minsta inställning för att köras i registrerat läge"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153
 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections.  You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):"
-msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#server-modes):"
+msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#serverlägen):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "Se tabellen nedan för värden för `hostname:port`."
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n"
-msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#server-mode-related-options) för mer information om landskoden. \n"
+msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#serverrelaterade-alternativ) för mer information om landskoden. \n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164

From fbd30d476c18bf31deafee209ac5ba0506caccf3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:32:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 063/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (11 of 11 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Command-Line-Options
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/command-line-options/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
index d94b4745a..8e3ae974c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ msgstr "Kommandon endast för server"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20
 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
-msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
+msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#serverrelaterade-alternativ)"

From d9de32bffea6734cfcb49eba8b629de4304b212d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:53:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 064/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (14 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 740e79871..84ec0d23b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först."
+msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22

From 4c3d5932f8fd08d30402d312d3124c92d48b2437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:20:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 065/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index a5d2a8436..dc5291d3b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "Förhindrar att användare hörs i din lokala mix. Var medveten om att n
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
-msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
+msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#knappen-tysta-mig)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
-msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill."
+msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#frkiv--laddaspara-inställning-av-mixerkanaler) och lagra dessa filer var du vill."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295

From 92bb89d188cd9d244fe0f3fa50d57ba028483b03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:40:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 066/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (6 of 6 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Include-Client-Commands
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/include-client-commands/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po | 9 +++++----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 8f582b00e..78de7a8d7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
@@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning"
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#använder-ctrlmidich-för-midikontroller)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6

From 25f626036f4b4a6ec937bb6252b2198957baccb4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:37:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 067/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
index 2fa3f7b36..70be04c24 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ msgstr "För att få ut det bästa av Jamulus behöver du minst:"
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ansluta till en server och testa ditt ljud"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
-msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
+msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-lyssna-på-mitt-eget-ljud))."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "Det viktigaste med servrar är deras \"pingtid\". Ju större siffran är
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74

From 51c87c149353b78ef240868599868e61cefc3fda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:45:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 068/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (27 of 27 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index b98ed2c31..674493f12 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "Varför visas inte min server i listan? Varför registreras den inte?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27
 msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server."
-msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#command-line-options) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) som används av Jamulus Server."
+msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#kommandoradsalternativ) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#portvidarebefodran) som används av Jamulus Server."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "Vilken adress ska jag ge till andra så att de kan ansluta till min serv
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41
 msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
-msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
+msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamisk-dns-och-varför-du-förmodligen-kommer-att-behöva-det)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43

From 6be8168075b0f88410b519bdc4cd1978fa13f0af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:35:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 069/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (36 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
index 1b7406756..0f601f725 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 20:36+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "Nej. Musiker på en Jamulus-server spelar i realtid tillsammans som de s
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
-msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt."
+msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "Om någon listar en server på en av de kataloger som ingår i Jamulus,
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#serverlägen)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte använda trådlös utrustning?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
-msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna."
+msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte lyssna på mitt eget ljud?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46

From ec3f0fe7245e1063881efd0c876942ee6c67f761 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:50:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 070/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (49 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
index a45f5845e..598498b1d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
-msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först.\n"
+msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din hårdvara"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
-msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution..  - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl)..  - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
+msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution.  - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-jack-med-qjackctl).  - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-pipewire)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan."
+msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#starta-jamulus) nedan."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89

From f592909ca9c15cb3c0bc0158f35b6642268e3c12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:53:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 071/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 292c828bc..d752f4cf8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först."
+msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "Du kan behöva experimentera lite beroende på din ljudhårdvara. Om all
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
-msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n"
+msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#ansluta-till-en-server-och-testa-ditt-ljud) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55

From f4457d02fc59b69f7fc9f92353f4bc0cf86afb99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:33:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 072/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (16 of 16 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
index 92272708f..aca038982 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Köra en katalog"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14
 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#serverlägen)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16

From 16d537138155a1c7c0d0fc5b7c4516a05b51be18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>
Date: Wed, 4 Dec 2024 16:31:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 073/138] Update Italian translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/it/
---
 _translator-files/po/it/navigation.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
index 446e95a5c..305e780cc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Giuseppe <redacted@invalid.local>, 2022.
 # Gico2006 <gradaellig@protonmail.com>, 2022.
-# Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>, 2023.
+# Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-05 06:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: it\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale d'uso"
+msgstr "Manuale utente"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "Usare Jamulus"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale del server"
+msgstr "Manuale server"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From 265ad9efbc61e57e3049c02ed7c3cdab07f04f03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 6 Dec 2024 18:36:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 074/138] AUTO: Updated .po files

---
 _translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po    | 369 ++++++++----
 _translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  10 +-
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po    | 371 ++++++++----
 _translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  13 +-
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po    | 371 ++++++++----
 _translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  13 +-
 _translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po    | 350 +++++++----
 _translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |   6 +-
 _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po | 353 ++++++++----
 .../po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |  13 +-
 _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po | 350 +++++++----
 .../po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |   6 +-
 _translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po    | 371 ++++++++----
 _translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  13 +-
 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po | 353 ++++++++----
 .../po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |   6 +-
 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po | 350 +++++++----
 .../po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |   6 +-
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po | 371 ++++++++----
 .../po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |  13 +-
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           |  75 +--
 .../po/th/Command-Line-Options.po             |  11 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po       |  10 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po        |  15 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po                |  50 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po    |  48 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po |  10 +-
 .../po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   6 -
 .../po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po          |  12 -
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Android.po         |  21 +-
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           |  55 +-
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po       |  15 +-
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         |  49 +-
 .../po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po             |  31 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po  |  32 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po        |   9 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po   | 225 +++-----
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po   |  12 +-
 .../po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po           |  37 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po    | 541 ++++++++++--------
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   |  69 +--
 .../po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po             |  40 +-
 _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po | 371 ++++++++----
 .../po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po              |  13 +-
 44 files changed, 3274 insertions(+), 2191 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
index 9f445454a..c80284ed4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po
@@ -77,8 +77,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -109,8 +110,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** zeigt die Latenzzeit deines Netzwerks in Millisekunden an, je niedriger, desto besser. Die Ping-Zeit trägt zur Gesamtverzögerung bei (siehe unten). Die wahrscheinlichste Ursache für einen hohen Ping ist, dass die Entfernung zum Server zu groß ist.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -231,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "## Chat"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients."
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "Öffnet das Chatfenster. Der eingegebene Text wird an alle verbundenen Clients gesendet. Wenn eine neue Chatnachricht eingeht und der Chatdialog nicht bereits geöffnet ist, wird er automatisch für alle Clients geöffnet."
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -314,223 +316,375 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "Wenn du ein „Stumm“-Symbol über einem Benutzer siehst, bedeutet dies, dass diese Person dich nicht hören kann. Entweder hat er dich stummgeschaltet, einen oder mehrere Benutzer, die dich nicht einschließen, auf Solo gestellt oder deinen Fader in seinem Mix auf Null gesetzt."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu."
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "Die Benutzer werden von links nach rechts in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie sich verbinden. Du kannst die Sortierreihenfolge über die Option Bearbeiten im Anwendungsmenü ändern."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "Wenn der Serverbetreiber die Aufzeichnung aktiviert hat, wird über dem Mischpult eine Meldung angezeigt, dass du aufgezeichnest wirst."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Grp button"
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "### GRP-Taste"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag."
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "Mit dem Schalter „Gruppe“ kannst du die Benutzer in Gruppen zusammenfassen. Wenn du den Fader eines Gruppenmitglieds bewegst, werden die anderen Fader der Gruppe um den gleichen Betrag bewegt. Mit Umschalt-Klick-Ziehen kannst du einen Kanal vorübergehend von der Gruppe isolieren."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Mute button"
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "### Stummschalttaste im Mixer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "Verhindert, dass Benutzer in deiner lokalen Mischung zu hören ist. Beachte, wenn du einen Benutzer stumm schaltest, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über seinem Fader erscheint, um anzuzeigen, dass du ihn nicht hören kannst. Beachte auch, dass sich die VU-Meter weiterhin bewegen, wenn der Ton des stummgeschalteten Benutzers den Server erreicht. Deine Faderposition für diese Personen ist ebenfalls nicht betroffen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "Beachte, dass das Stummschalten deines **eigenen** Kanals lediglich bedeutet, dass du dein eigenes Signal vom Server nicht mehr hören kannst (Das ist nicht ratsam ist, da es dazu führen kann, dass du mit anderen Spielern aus dem Takt kommst). Dies ist also nicht dasselbe wie die Verwendung von „[Stummschalten](#mich-stummschalten)“."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Solo button"
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "### Solo-Taste"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "Ermöglicht es dir, einen oder mehrere Benutzer alleine zu hören. Diejenigen, die nicht solo sind, werden stummgeschaltet. Beachte auch, dass die Personen, die nicht auf Solo geschaltet sind, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über ihrem Fader sehen."
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "# Menu commands"
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "# Menübefehle"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "# Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "# Einstellungen"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "# Settings"
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "# Einstellungen"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## My Profile"
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "## Mein Profil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/de-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild eines Profil Fensters\"></figure>"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "Wenn du ein Instrument und/oder ein Land auswählst, werden die Symbole für diese Einstellungen auch unter deinem Fader im Mixer angezeigt. Die Können Einstellung ändert die Hintergrundfarbe des Fader-Tags und der Städteeintrag wird im Tooltip des Fader-Tags angezeigt:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"width:30%;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/de-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"width:30%;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild einer QuickInfo mit Profilinformationen\"></figure>"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Skin"
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "### Oberfläche"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Dabei wird eine Oberfläche auf das Hauptfenster angewendet, von denen einige für größere Ensembles ausgelegt sind."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Meter style"
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "### Pegel-Messer-Stil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "Dies ändert den visuellen Stil der Pegelmesser, unabhängig vom gewählten Skin."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Mixer rows"
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "### Mischpult-Reihen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Hiermit wird die Anzahl der im Audiomixer des Servers angezeigten Reihen festgelegt, was bei größeren Ensembles von Vorteil ist."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Audio quality"
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "### Audioqualität"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup"
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "## Audio-/Netzwerk Einstellungen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/de-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild des Fensters für die Audio-/Netzwerkeinstellungen\"></figure>"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Device"
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "### Audiogerät"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "Unter dem Windows-Betriebssystem kann der ASIO-Treiber (Soundkarte) mit Jamulus ausgewählt werden. Wenn der ausgewählte ASIO-Treiber nicht gültig ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt und der vorherige gültige Treiber ausgewählt. Unter macOS kann die Eingangs- und Ausgangshardware ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping"
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "### Zuordnung von Eingangs- und Ausgangskanälen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/de-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Abbildung der Zuordnung von Eingangs- und Ausgangskanälen\"></figure>"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "Wenn das ausgewählte Soundkartengerät mehr als einen Eingangs- oder Ausgangskanal bietet, sind die Einstellungen _Input Channel Mapping und Output Channel Mapping_ sichtbar. Für jeden Jamulus-Eingangs-/Ausgangskanal (linker und rechter Kanal) kann ein anderer tatsächlicher Soundkartenkanal ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Audio channels"
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "### Audiokanäle"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Wählt die Anzahl der Audiokanäle aus, die für die Kommunikation zwischen Client und Server verwendet werden sollen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**Hinweis**: Es ist besser, separate Client-Instanzen pro Stimme/Instrument laufen zu lassen, wobei jeder Client seine eigene ini-Datei erhält, als diesen eingebauten Mono-Paar-Stereo-Mixer zu verwenden.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "Es sind drei Modi verfügbar:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "die Modi **Mono** und **Stereo** verwenden einen bzw. zwei Audiokanäle.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -540,170 +694,170 @@ msgstr ""
 "können die beiden Eingangssignale zu einem Monokanal gemischt werden, während der Server-Mix in Stereo zu hören ist.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Wenn du den Stereomodus aktivierst, erhöht sich die Datenrate deines Streams. Stelle sicher, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "Im Stereo-Streaming-Modus ist im Hauptfenster keine Auswahl des Audiokanals für den Halleffekt möglich, da der Effekt in diesem Fall auf beide Kanäle angewendet wird."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Audio quality"
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "### Audioqualität"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Je höher die Audioqualität, desto höher ist die Datenrate deines Audiostreams. Achte darauf, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Buffer Delay"
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "### Puffergrösse"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "Die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung ist eine grundlegende Einstellung der Jamulus-Software. Diese Einstellung hat Einfluss auf viele Verbindungseigenschaften. Es werden drei Puffergrößen unterstützt:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n"
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 Samples** Bietet die geringste Latenz, funktioniert aber nicht mit allen Soundkarten.\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n"
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 Samples** Die bevorzugte Einstellung. Sollte für die meisten verfügbaren Soundkarten funktionieren.\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n"
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 Samples** Sollte nur auf sehr langsamen Computern oder mit einer langsamen Internetverbindung verwendet werden.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "Bei einigen Soundkartentreibern ist es nicht möglich, die Pufferverzögerung in der Jamulus-Software zu ändern. In diesem Fall ist die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung deaktiviert und muss über den Soundkartentreiber geändert werden. Drücken unter Windows auf die Schaltfläche ASIO-Setup, um das Einstellungsfenster des Treibers zu öffnen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "Die tatsächliche Pufferverzögerung hat einen Einfluss auf den Verbindungsstatus, die aktuelle Uploadrate und die Gesamtverzögerung. Je geringer die Puffergröße ist, desto höher ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines roten Lichts in der Statusanzeige (Verbindungsabbrüche) und desto höher ist die Upload-Rate und desto geringer ist die Gesamtverzögerung."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Die Puffereinstellung ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Jitter Buffer"
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "### Netzwerkpuffer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "Der Jitter-Puffer kompensiert die Timing-Störungen des Netzwerks und der Soundkarte. Die Größe des Puffers beeinflusst daher die Qualität des Audiostroms (wie viele Aussetzer auftreten) und die Gesamtverzögerung (je länger der Puffer, desto höher die Verzögerung)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "Du kannst die Größe des Jitter-Puffers manuell für deinen lokalen Client und den entfernten Server einstellen. Für den lokalen Jitterpuffer werden Aussetzer im Audiostrom durch die Leuchte unter den Schiebereglern für die Jitterpuffergröße angezeigt. Wenn die Leuchte rot leuchtet, ist der Puffer über- bzw. unterschritten worden und der Audiostrom wird unterbrochen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Die Einstellung des Jitter-Puffers ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "Wenn die Einstellung Auto aktiviert ist, werden die Jitterpuffer deines lokalen Clients und des entfernten Servers automatisch auf der Grundlage von Messungen des Netzwerk- und Soundkarten-Timing-Jitters eingestellt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen Auto aktiviert ist, sind die Regler für die Jitterpuffergröße deaktiviert (Die Regler können nicht mit der Maus bewegt werden)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Enable small network buffers"
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "### Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "Ermöglicht die Unterstützung von sehr kleinen Netzwerk-Audiopaketen. Diese werden nur verwendet, wenn die Pufferverzögerung der Soundkarte kleiner als 128 Samples ist. Je kleiner die Netzwerkpuffer sind, desto geringer ist die Audiolatenz. Gleichzeitig erhöht sich aber auch die Netzwerklast und die Wahrscheinlichkeit von Audioaussetzern (vor allem, wenn deine Netzwerkverbindung einen erheblichen Jitter aufweist). Versuche diese Option zu aktivieren, wenn du Probleme mit einer hohen Latenz oder einer schlechten Audioqualität hast. Wenn du die Option deaktivierst, wird die Audioqualität normalerweise besser."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate"
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "### Audio Stream Rate"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "Hängt von der aktuellen Größe des Audiopakets und der Komprimierungseinstellung ab. Stelle sicher, dass die Upload-Rate nicht höher ist als deine verfügbare Internet-Upload-Geschwindigkeit (überprüfen dies mit einem Dienst wie [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## Advanced Setup"
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "## Erweiterte Einstellungen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/de-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild des Fensters für erweiterte Einstellungen\"></figure>"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Custom directory server address"
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses."
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### New Client Level"
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "### Pegel für neue Teilnehmer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"."
 msgid ""
@@ -713,95 +867,64 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Diese Einstellung definiert den Faderlevel eines neu verbundenen Clients in Prozent. Wenn sich ein neuer Benutzer mit dem aktuellen Server verbindet, erhält er die angegebene anfängliche Faderstufe, wenn keine andere Faderstufe von einer früheren Verbindung dieses Benutzers bereits gespeichert wurde. Du kannst alle Benutzer eines belegten Servers auf diesen Pegel setzen, indem du Bearbeiten > „Alle Fader auf neuen Client-Pegel setzen“ verwendest."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Input Boost"
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "### Eingangsverstärkung"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "Erhöht die Verstärkung deines Geräts. Verwende es, wenn dein Gerät eine Signal liefert, das für Jamulus zu leise ist."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Feedback Protection"
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "### Feedback-Schutz"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "Versucht, Audio-Rückkopplungsschleifen oder laute Geräusche in den ersten drei Sekunden nach der Verbindung mit einem Server zu erkennen. Sobald diese Funktion erkannt wurde, wird eine Meldung angezeigt und die Schaltfläche „Stummschalten“ aktiviert, um dich im eigenen Mix stummzuschalten."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "### Input Balance"
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "### Eingangs-Balance"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "Steuert die relativen Pegel des linken und rechten lokalen Audiokanals. Bei einem Monosignal fungiert er als Pan zwischen den beiden Kanälen. Wenn z. B. ein Mikrofon an den rechten Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist und ein Instrument an den linken Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist, das viel lauter als das Mikrofon ist, bewegst du den Audio-Fader, um die relative Lautstärke des Mikrofons zu erhöhen."
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "# Menu commands"
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "# Menübefehle"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen."
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden."
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus"
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "# Sicherung von Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "Du kannst verschiedene Mixereinstellungen mit [Laden/Speichern Konfiguration der Mixer Kanäle](Software-Manual#datei--mixer-kanäle-ladenspeichern) speichern und laden und diese Dateien an einem beliebigen Ort speichern."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid ""
 #| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
 #| "```shell\n"
 #| "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 #| "```\n"
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 "**Hinweis für macOS-Nutzer:** Ab Jamulus 3.8.1 gibt es ein signiertes Installationsprogramm. Dieser speichert die Einstellungen in\n"
 "```shell\n"
@@ -809,31 +932,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "```\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:"
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid ""
 #| "```shell\n"
@@ -846,12 +969,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "```\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid ""
 #| "```shell\n"
@@ -864,23 +987,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "```\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 88a38b506..aac5585d1 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -266,19 +266,23 @@ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand de
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index 33faca701..0317813d0 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -76,8 +76,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -108,8 +109,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -221,7 +223,9 @@ msgstr "Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat."
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -294,201 +298,353 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "Si ves un icono de \"mute\" sobre un usuario, significa que esa persona no puede escucharte. Puede que te hayan silenciado, aplicado 'solo' a uno o más usuarios sin incluirte a ti, o han bajado tu fader en su mezcla a cero."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "Los usuarios normalmente se muestran de izquierda a derecha en el orden en el que se conectan. Puedes cambiar el orden, por nombre, instrumento, grupo o ciudad utilizando el menú en Ver."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "Si el operador del servidor ha habilitado la grabación, verás un mensaje sobre el mezclador indicando que estás siendo grabado."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "Botón Grp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "Puedes agrupar faders utilizando el botón de \"grupo\". Si mueves el fader de cualquier miembro del grupo, los demás faders del grupo también se moverán en la misma proporción. Puedes aislar un canal del grupo temporalmente con shift-clic-arrastrar. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "Botón Mute"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "Evita que se escuche a otros usuarios en tu mezcla local. Ten en cuenta que cuando silencias a alguien, verán un icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader para indicar que no puedes escucharle. Ten en cuenta también que continuarás viendo mover su vúmetro si el sonido del usuario silenciado llega al servidor. La posición de tu fader en su mezcla tampoco se verá afectada."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal solo significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "Botón Solo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "Te permite escuchar uno o más usuarios aislados de los demás. Los que no lo tengan aplicado estarán silenciados. Ten en cuenta que aquellas personas que no lo tienen aplicado verán el icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader."
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "Comandos del menú"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Configuración"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Configuración"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "Mi Perfil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/es-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagen de la ventana de perfil\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "Si se establece un instrumento y/o un país, los iconos de estas selecciones también se mostrarán bajo tu fader. El nivel de habilidad cambia el color de fondo de la etiqueta del fader y la ciudad se muestra en el tooltip de la etiqueta:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/es-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagen de un tooltip mostrando información del perfil\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "Tema"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Esto aplicará un tema a la ventana principal, algunos de los cuales están diseñados para acomodar conjuntos grandes de usuarios."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "Estilo del vúmetro"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "Esto cambia el estilo visual de los indicadores de audio, independientemente del tema elegido."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "Filas de canales en el mezclador"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Esto establece el número de filas mostrado en el mezclador de audio, para su uso con conjuntos grandes."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "Alertas sonoras"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr "Esto activa una alerta sonora para cuando alguien se une a un Servidor, o cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje en el chat."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "Configuración Audio/Red"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/es-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagen de la ventana de configuración de audio/red\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "Dispositivo de audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "En el sistema operativo de Windows, el driver ASIO (tarjeta de sonido) se puede seleccionar utilizando Jamulus. Si el driver ASIO no es válido se mostrará un mensaje de error y el anterior driver válido será seleccionado. En macOS, se puede seleccionar el hardware de entrada y salida."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "Mapeo canales entrada/salida"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/es-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagen del mapeo de canales de entrada y salida\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "Si el dispositivo de audio ofrece más de un canal de entrada o salida, son visibles las configuraciones para el _Mapeo de Canales de Entrada y de Salida_. Para cada canal de entrada/salida (canal Izquierdo y Derecho) de Jamulus se puede seleccionar un canal diferente de la tarjeta de audio."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "Canales de Audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicación entre Cliente y Servidor."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**Nota**: Es mejor ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "Hay tres modos disponibles:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "Los modos **Mono** y **Estéreo** utilizan uno y dos canales de audio respectivamente.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -496,151 +652,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "**Entrada-mono/Salida-estéreo**: La señal de audio enviada al servidor es mono pero la señal que vuelve es estéreo. Esto es útil si la tarjeta de audio tiene un instrumento en un canal de entrada y un micrófono en el otro. En ese caso las dos señales de entrada pueden combinarse en un canal mono pero la mezcla del servidor se escucha en estéreo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Activar el modo estéreo aumentará la tasa de envío de datos. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "En el caso del modo estéreo, no estará disponible la selección de canal para el efecto de reverb en la ventana principal puesto que en este caso el efecto se aplicará a ambos canales."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "Calidad del Audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Cuanto mayor la calidad del audio, mayor la tasa de subida del audio. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "Retardo del Buffer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "El retardo del buffer es un parámetro fundamental en Jamulus. Este parámetro tiene un impacto sobre muchas propiedades de la conexión. Hay soporte para tres tamaños de buffer:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 muestras**: Ofrece la latencia más baja, pero no funciona con todas las tarjetas de sonido."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 muestras** La configuración aconsejada. Debería de funcionar con la mayoría de tarjetas de sonido."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 muestras** Solo debería usarse con un ordenador muy lento o con una conexión a internet muy lenta."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "Algunos drivers de tarjetas de audio no permiten cambiar el retardo de buffer desde dentro de Jamulus.  En este caso la configuración del retardo de buffer se deshabilita y hay que cambiarlo utilizando el driver de la tarjeta de sonido. En Windows, pulsa el botón de Configuración ASIO para acceder al panel de configuración."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr "En Linux: - si utilizas JACK, usa `QJackCtl` para cambiar el tamaño del búfer y reinicia JACK; - si utilizas el servidor JACK de PipeWire, cambia el parámetro Quantum de PipeWire con sus propias herramientas de configuración."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "El retardo del buffer tiene un impacto en el estado de la conexión, la tasa de subida y el retardo total.  Cuanto menor sea el buffer, mayor la probabilidad de que el indicador de estado esté en rojo (caídas de audio), mayor la tasa de subida y menor el retardo total."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del buffer es un compromiso entre calidad de audio y retardo total."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "Jitter Buffer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "El tamaño del jitter buffer se puede establecer manualmente para el Cliente local y para el Servidor remoto. Para el jitter buffer local, las caídas del flujo de audio se indican mediante la luz debajo de los faders del jitter buffer.  Si la luz se vuelve roja, significa que ha habido una interrupción del flujo de audio."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del jitter buffer es un compromiso entre calidad y retardo total."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "Si se activa la casilla de Auto, los jitter buffers del Cliente local y del Servidor remoto se configuran automáticamente basándose en mediciones del jitter de la red y la tarjeta de audio. Si se activa esta opción, los faders para tamaño de jitter buffer quedan deshabilitados (no pueden moverse con el ratón)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "Pequeños búferes de red"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "Permite soporte para paquetes de audio por red muy reducidos. Solo se utilizan si el retardo del buffer de la tarjeta de audio es menor de 128 muestras. Cuanto menores los buffers de red, menor la latencia de audio. Pero al mismo tiempo, aumenta la carga de red y la probabilidad de caídas de audio también aumenta (sobre todo si tu conexión de red tiene mucho jitter). Prueba a activar esta opción si sufres de alta latencia o muy mala calidad de audio. Sin embargo, mantenerlo desactivado normalmente significará que tendrás mejor calidad de audio."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "Tasa de Flujo de Audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "Depende del tamaño actual de los paquetes de audio y la configuración de compresión. Asegúrate de que la tasa de subida no es mayor que la velocidad de subida disponible (comprueba esto con un servicio como [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "Configuración Avanzada"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagen de la ventana de configuración avanzada\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "Directorios Personalizados"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorio distintas a las que vienen por defecto, lo puedes hacer aquí.  Si conoces la dirección IP or el nombre de host de un Directorio personalizado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección Servidor.  Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`.  (Ten en cuenta que IPv6 aún no está soportado para Directorios.)  El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "Nivel Cliente nuevo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -649,141 +805,114 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Este ajuste define el nivel del fader de una nueva conexión de Cliente, en porcentaje. Si se conecta un nuevo usuario al Servidor actual, el nivel inicial de su fader tomará este valor si no se ha especificado anteriormente un valor para ese usuario de una conexión anterior. Puedes establecer en este nivel a todos los usuarios en un Servidor ocupado con Editar > \"Poner Todos Faders a Nivel Cliente Nuevo\".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "Aumento de Entrada"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "Aumenta la ganancia de tu dispositivo. Utiliza esto si tu dispositivo no entrega suficiente ganancia para Jamulus."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "Protección contra Retroalimentación"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "Intenta detectar bucles de retroalimentación o ruido intenso durante los primeros tres segundos tras conectarte a un servidor. Si los detecta, esta función te mostrará un mensaje y activará el botón de \"Silenciarme Yo\" para silenciarte en tu propia mezcla."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "Balance de Entrada"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "Controla los niveles relativos de los canales locales de audio derecho e izquierdo. Para una señal mono actúa como paneo entre los dos canales. Por ejemplo, si se conecta un micrófono al canal derecho y un instrumento al izquierdo que suena mucho más alto que el micrófono, mueve el fader para aumentar el volumen relativo del micrófono."
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "Comandos del menú"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador."
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders "
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "Copia seguridad Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Puedes guardar y cargar diferentes configuraciones del mezclador utilizando [Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador](Software-Manual#archivo--cargarguardar-configuración-canales-mezclador) y guardar esos archivos donde quieras."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "Las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, pero estas y otras también pueden ser controladas utilizando la línea de comandos. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\ruta\\a\\mi_inifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/ruta/a/mi_inifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr "Controlar el Cliente a través de API"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Además de con la línea de comandos, Jamulus puede controlarse mediante una API. Esto es beneficioso para casos de uso avanzados - por ejemplo, cuando no hay interfaz gráfica, u otra aplicación necesita interactuar con Jamulus. Ten en cuenta que la API es aún experimental. Puedes encontrar información sobre la [API JSON-RPC en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 611ff23dc..f7b2c87c9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -265,18 +265,23 @@ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index cd651facc..836c96e28 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -80,8 +80,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -112,8 +113,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Délai et Gigue"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** indique la latence de votre réseau en millisecondes, le plus bas étant le mieux. Le temps de ping contribue au délai global (voir ci-dessous). La cause la plus probable d'un ping élevé est que votre distance au serveur est trop grande.   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -225,7 +227,9 @@ msgstr "Tchate"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de tchate. Le texte saisi est envoyé à tous les clients connectés. Si un nouveau message de tchate arrive et que la fenêtre de tchate n'est pas déjà ouverte, elle s'ouvrira automatiquement pour tous les clients. Voir dans les paramètres pour activer optionnellement une alerte sonore lorsqu'un nouveau message de tchate est reçu."
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -298,201 +302,353 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "Si vous voyez une icône \"silencé\" au-dessus d'un utilisateur, cela signifie que cette personne ne peut pas vous entendre. Soit il a coupé votre son, soit il a mis en solo un ou plusieurs utilisateurs dont vous ne faites pas partie, soit il a mis votre chariot à zéro dans son mixage."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "Les utilisateurs apparaissent habituellement de gauche à droite dans l'ordre de leur connexion. Vous pouvez également les trier par nom, instrument, groupe ou ville en utilisant le menu Affichage."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé l'enregistrement, vous verrez un message au-dessus du mixeur indiquant que vous êtes enregistré."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "Bouton grp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "Vous pouvez regrouper des utilisateurs à l'aide du bouton \"groupe\". Si vous déplacez le chariot d'un membre du groupe, les autres chariots de ce groupe seront déplacés de la même manière. Vous pouvez isoler temporairement un canal du groupe avec MàJ-clic-glisser. Il est possible de définir jusqu'à 8 groupes."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "Bouton muet"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "Empêche les utilisateurs d'être entendus dans votre mixage local. Sachez que lorsque vous mettez quelqu'un en sourdine, une icône \"sourdine\" apparaît au-dessus de votre chariot pour indiquer que vous ne pouvez pas l'entendre. Notez également que vous continuerez à voir leurs VU-mètres bouger si le son de l'utilisateur mis en sourdine atteint le serveur. La position de votre chariot pour eux n'est pas affectée non plus."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie uniquement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "Bouton solo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "Vous permet d'entendre un ou plusieurs utilisateurs seuls. Ceux qui ne sont pas en solo seront mis en sourdine. Notez également que les personnes qui ne sont pas en solo verront une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus de votre chariot."
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "Menu commandes"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et restaurer le mixage que vous avez pour les répétitions de votre groupe (chariot, sourdine, pan, solo etc.) et le charger à tout moment (même pendant que vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre du mixeur."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Applique un réglage de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Paramètres"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "Mon profil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "Dans le menu Paramètres, sélectionnez \"Mon profil...\" pour définir l'alias/nom qui s'affiche sous votre chariot dans le panneau de mixage audio du serveur."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/fr-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image de la fenêtre de profil\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "Si vous paramétrez un instrument et/ou un pays, les icônes de ces sélections s'afficheront également sous votre chariot. Le paramètre de compétence modifie la couleur de fond de l'étiquette du chariot et le nom de la ville s'affiche dans l'info-bulle de l'étiquette du chariot :"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/fr-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image d'une infobulle montrant les informations du profil\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "Thème graphique"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Ceci applique un habillage à la fenêtre principale, dont certains sont conçus pour accueillir des ensembles plus importants."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "Style de vu-mètre"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "Cela modifier le style visuel des indicateurs audio, indépendamment de l'habillage choisi."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "Rangées du mixeur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Ce paramètre définit le nombre de rangées affichées dans le mixeur audio du serveur, pour une utilisation avec de plus grands ensembles."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "Alertes audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr "Cette option permet d'activer une alerte sonore lorsqu'une personne rejoint un serveur ou lorsqu'elle reçoit un nouveau message de tchate."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "Configuration audio/réseau"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/fr-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image de la fenêtre des paramètres audio/réseau\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "Périphérique audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "Sous le système d'exploitation Windows, le pilote ASIO (carte son) peut être sélectionné à l'aide de Jamulus. Si le pilote ASIO sélectionné n'est pas valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche et le pilote valide précédemment est sélectionné. Sous macOS, le matériel d'entrée et de sortie peut être sélectionné."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "Mappage des canaux d'entrée/sortie"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/fr-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image du mappage des canaux d'entrée et de sortie\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "Si le périphérique de la carte son sélectionné offre plus d'un canal d'entrée ou de sortie, les paramètres _cartographie des canaux d'entrée (Input Channel Mapping) et cartographie des canaux de sortie (Output Channel Mapping)_ sont visibles. Pour chaque canal d'entrée/sortie Jamulus (canal gauche et droit)  un canal réel différent de la carte son peut être sélectionné."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "Canaux audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Sélectionne le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la communication entre le client et le serveur."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**Note** : c'est mieux d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, où chaque client a son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "Voici les trois modes disponibles :"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "Les modes **Mono** et **Stéréo** utilisent respectivement un et deux canaux audio.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -502,151 +658,151 @@ msgstr ""
 "les deux signaux d'entrée peuvent être mixés sur un canal mono, mais le mixage du serveur est entendu en stéréo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "L'activation du mode stéréo augmente le débit de données de votre flux. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "En mode de streaming stéréo, aucune sélection de canal audio pour l'effet de réverbération n'est disponible dans la fenêtre principale puisque l'effet est appliqué aux deux canaux dans ce cas."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "Qualité audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Plus la qualité audio est élevée, plus le débit de données de votre flux audio est élevé. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "Délai de mise en mémoire tampon"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "Le paramètre de délai de mise en tampon est un paramètre fondamental du logiciel Jamulus. Ce paramètre a une influence sur de nombreuses propriétés de la connexion. Trois tailles de tampon sont prises en charge :"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 échantillons** Fournit la latence la plus faible mais ne fonctionne pas avec toutes les cartes son."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 échantillons** Le paramétrage préféré. Devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des cartes son disponibles."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 échantillons** Ne doit être utilisé que sur des ordinateurs très lents, ou avec une connexion internet lente."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de mise en tampon à partir du logiciel Jamulus.  Dans ce cas, le réglage du délai de mise en tampon est désactivé et doit être modifié à l'aide du pilote de la carte son. Sous Windows, appuyez sur le bouton paramètres ASIO pour ouvrir le panneau de configuration du pilote."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr "Sous Linux : - si vous utilisez JACK, utilisez `QJackCtl` pour modifier la taille du tampon et redémarrer JACK ; - si vous utilisez le serveur JACK de PipeWire, modifiez le paramètre Quantum de PipeWire à l'aide de ses propres outils de configuration."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "Le délai réel du tampon a une influence sur l'état de la connexion, le taux de chargement actuel et le délai global.  Plus la taille du tampon est faible, plus la probabilité d'un voyant rouge dans l'indicateur d'état (décrochages) est élevée et plus le débit montant est élevé et plus le délai global est faible."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Le réglage du tampon est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "Tampon de gigue"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "Vous pouvez définir manuellement la taille du tampon de gigue pour votre client local et le serveur distant. Pour le tampon de gigue local, les interruptions du flux audio sont indiquées par le voyant situé sous les chariots de taille de tampon de gigue.  Si le voyant passe au rouge, cela signifie qu'il y a eu dépassement de la mémoire tampon et que le flux audio est interrompu."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Le réglage du tampon de gigue est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "Si le paramètre Auto est activé, les mémoires tampon de gigue de votre client local et du serveur distant sont définis automatiquement en fonction des mesures de la gigue temporelle du réseau et de la carte son. Si le contrôle Auto est activé, les chariots de taille de la mémoire tampon de gigue sont désactivés (ils ne peuvent pas être déplacés avec la souris)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "Petits tampons réseau"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "Permet la prise en charge de très petits paquets audio réseau. Ceux-ci ne sont utilisés que si le délai de la mémoire tampon de la carte son est inférieur à 128 échantillons. Plus les tampons réseau sont petits, plus la latence audio est faible. Mais dans le même temps, la charge du réseau augmente et la probabilité de pertes audio augmente également (en particulier si votre connexion réseau présente une gigue importante). Essayez d'activer cette option si vous souffrez d'une latence élevée ou d'une mauvaise qualité audio. Toutefois, si vous la maintenez désactivée, la qualité audio sera normalement meilleure."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "Débit du flux audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "Dépend de la taille actuelle des paquets audio et du paramètre de compression. Assurez-vous que le débit amont n'est pas supérieur à votre vitesse de téléchargement internet disponible (vérifiez-le avec un service tel que [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "Configuration avancée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/fr-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image de la fenêtre paramètres avancés\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici.  Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte d'un annuaire personnalisé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur.  Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Notez que l'IPv6 n'est pas actuellement pris en charge pour les annuaires.)  Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "Niveau des nouveaux clients"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -658,141 +814,114 @@ msgstr ""
 "cet utilisateur n'était déjà enregistré. Vous pouvez définir tous les utilisateurs d'un serveur occupé à ce niveau en utilisant Éditer > \"Régler tous les chariots sur le niveau d'un nouveau client\".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "Amplification de l'entrée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "Augmente le gain de votre périphérique. Utilisez cette fonction si votre périphérique délivre un gain trop faible pour Jamulus."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "Protection contre le larsen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "Tente de détecter les boucles de retour audio ou les bruits forts dans les trois premières secondes suivant votre connexion à un serveur. Une fois détectée, cette fonction affiche un message et active le bouton \"Me silencer\" pour vous mettre en sourdine dans votre propre mixage."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "Balance d'entrée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "Contrôle les niveaux relatifs des canaux audio locaux gauche et droit. Pour un signal mono, il agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Par exemple, si un microphone est connecté au canal d'entrée droit et qu'un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche qui est beaucoup plus fort que le microphone, déplacez le chariot audio pour augmenter le volume relatif du microphone."
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "Menu commandes"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et restaurer le mixage que vous avez pour les répétitions de votre groupe (chariot, sourdine, pan, solo etc.) et le charger à tout moment (même pendant que vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre du mixeur."
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots "
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Applique un réglage de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique."
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "Sauvegarde de Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Vous pouvez sauvegarder et charger différents réglages du mélangeur en utilisant [charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur](Software-Manual#fichier--chargersauvegarder-la-configuration-des-canaux-du-mixeur) et stocker ces fichiers où vous voulez."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans \n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être paramétrées à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être paramétrées à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\chemin\\vers\\monfichierini.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/chemin/vers/monfichierini.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr "Contrôle du client via l'API"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "En plus de la ligne de commande, Jamulus peut être contrôlé à l'aide d'une API. Ceci est utile pour les cas d'utilisation avancés - par exemple, lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'interface graphique, ou lorsqu'une autre application doit interagir avec Jamulus. Veuillez noter que l'API est encore expérimentale. Des informations sur l'[API JSON-RPC peuvent être trouvées dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 908f07904..16c47272d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -268,18 +268,23 @@ msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
index d0ee2a9aa..bdd49d004 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -294,201 +294,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -496,151 +638,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -649,141 +791,113 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Opzioni della riga di comando"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index e6cee14cf..6eaf28e61 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -247,18 +247,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
index ba3dfb9b2..1428c269b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po
@@ -79,8 +79,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "핑, 딜레이 및 지터"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -224,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -297,83 +298,225 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "사용자 **자신의** 채널을 음소거하면 서버에서 신호가 들리지 않는다는 의미일 뿐입니다(다른 플레이어와 시간을 맞추지 못할 수 있으므로 권장하지 않습니다). 따라서 이는 \"[직접 음소거](#mute-myself-button)\"를 사용하는 것과 동일하지 않습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "설정 메뉴에서 \"내 프로필...\"을 선택하여 서버 오디오 믹서 보드의 페이더 아래에 표시되는 가명/이름을 설정합니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid ""
 #| "<figure>\n"
@@ -388,119 +531,119 @@ msgstr ""
 "</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -508,151 +651,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "사용자 지정 디렉터리"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -661,141 +804,113 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "서버에 연결한 후 처음 3초 동안 오디오 피드백 루프 또는 큰 소음을 감지하려고 시도합니다. 일단 감지되면 이 기능은 메시지를 표시하고, \"직접 음소거\" 버튼을 활성화하여 사용자 자신의 믹스에서 자신을 음소거할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "명령 줄 옵션"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 5faa7644c..cf10e8c9c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -268,18 +268,23 @@ msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
index cdef58f84..e8d6b14d6 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -288,201 +288,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -490,151 +632,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -643,140 +785,112 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 8b133ea02..8141f4016 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -243,18 +243,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
index d8f94878b..475d7eb6e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
@@ -75,8 +75,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -107,8 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, vertraging en jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** toont de netwerklatency in milliseconden, hoe lager hoe beter. De ping tijd draagt bij aan de algehele vertraging (zie hieronder). De meest waarschijnlijke oorzaak van een hoge ping waarde is dat je afstand tot de server te groot is.  \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -220,7 +222,9 @@ msgstr "Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "Opent het chatvenster. De ingevoerde tekst wordt naar alle aangesloten clients verzonden. Als er een nieuw chatbericht binnenkomt en de chatdialoog nog niet is geopend, wordt deze automatisch geopend voor alle clients. Zie instellingen om optioneel een geluidswaarschuwing in te schakelen wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen."
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -293,201 +297,353 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "Als je een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven een gebruiker ziet dan betekent dit dat die persoon jou niet kan horen. Ofwel hebben ze je gedempt, een of meer gebruikers op solo gezet, jou niet inbegrepen, of je fader in hun mix op nul gezet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "Gebruikers verschijnen meestal van links naar rechts in de volgorde waarin ze verbinding maken. Je kunt in plaats daarvan sorteren op naam, instrument, groep of stad met behulp van het menu Weergave."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "Als de serverbeheerder opname heeft ingeschakeld, dan zie je een bericht boven de mixer dat aangeeft dat er wordt opgenomen."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "Grp knop"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "Je kunt gebruikers groeperen met behulp van de knop \"groeperen\". Als je de fader van een lid van de groep verplaatst, worden de andere faders in die groep met dezelfde hoeveelheid verplaatst. Je kunt een kanaal tijdelijk van de groep los maken door de shift ingedrukt te houden en dan de fader te verslepen. Er kunnen maximaal 8 groepen worden gedefinieerd."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "Demp knop"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "Voorkomt dat je gebruikers hoort in je lokale mix. Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je iemand dempt, ze een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien om aan te geven dat je ze niet kunt horen. Merk ook op dat je hun VU-meters blijft zien bewegen als het geluid van de gedempte gebruiker de server bereikt. Jouw faderpositie voor hen wordt ook niet beïnvloed."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat het dempen van je **eigen** kanaal alleen betekent dat je je eigen signaal van de server niet zult horen (en dit wordt niet aangeraden omdat het ertoe kan leiden dat je niet meer gelijk bent met andere spelers). Dit is dus niet hetzelfde als het gebruik van \"[Demp mijzelf](#demp-mijzelf-knop)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "Solo knop"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "Hiermee kun je een of meer gebruikers alleen horen. Degenen die niet op solo staan, worden gedempt. Merk ook op dat die mensen die niet solo zijn een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien."
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "Menu opties"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je bandrepetities opslaan en herstellen (fader, demp, balans, solo enz.) en deze op elk moment laden (zelfs terwijl je speelt). Laden kan ook door middel van het slepen van het bestand naar het mengpaneel."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-instelling toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Instellingen"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Instellingen"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "Mijn profiel"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "In het Instellingen menu kies je \"Mijn profiel...\" om je alias/naam die wordt weergegeven onder je fader in het server mengpaneel in te stellen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/nl-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"afbeelding van het profiel venster\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "Als je een instrument en/of land instelt, worden de pictogrammen voor deze selecties ook onder je fader weergegeven. De vaardigheidsinstelling verandert de achtergrondkleur van het faderlabel en het stadsitem verschijnt in de tooltip van het faderlabel:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/nl-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"afbeelding van een tooltip waarin de profiel informatie zichtbaar is\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "Skin"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Dit past een skin toe op het hoofdvenster, waarvan sommige zijn ontworpen voor grotere ensembles."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "Meterstijl"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "Dit verandert de weergavestijl van de VU-meters, onafhankelijk van de gekozen skin."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "Mengpaneel rijen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Dit stelt het aantal rijen in dat wordt weergegeven in de server audiomengpaneel, voor gebruik met grotere ensembles."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "Audiowaarschuwingen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr "Hiermee wordt een geluidswaarschuwing ingeschakeld voor wanneer iemand lid wordt van een server of wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "Audio-/netwerk-instellingen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/nl-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"afbeelding van het audio-/netwerk-instellingen venster\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "Audioapparaat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "Bij het Windows-besturingssysteem kan de ASIO-driver (geluidskaart/audio-interface) worden geselecteerd voor gebruik met Jamulus. Als het geselecteerde ASIO-stuurprogramma niet geschikt is dan wordt er een foutmelding weergegeven en wordt de vorige geschikte stuurprogramma geselecteerd. Bij macOS kan de invoer- en uitvoerhardware worden geselecteerd."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "In-/uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/nl-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"afbeelding van invoer- en uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "Als het geselecteerde apparaat meer dan één ingangs- of uitgangskanaal biedt, zijn de instellingen _Invoerkanaaltoewijzing en Uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing_ zichtbaar. Voor elk Jamulus ingangs-/uitgangskanaal (linker- en rechterkanaal) kan een ander daadwerkelijk geluidskaartkanaal worden geselecteerd."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "Audiokanalen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Selecteert het aantal audiokanalen dat moet worden gebruikt voor communicatie tussen client en server."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**Opmerking**: Het is beter om afzonderlijke client-instanties per stem/instrument te gebruiken, waarbij elke client zijn eigen ini-bestand heeft, in plaats van dit ingebouwde monopaar naar stereomixer te gebruiken.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "Er zijn drie modi beschikbaar:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "**Mono** en **Stereo** modi gebruikt respectievelijk één en twee audiokanalen.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -495,151 +651,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "**Mono-in/stereo-uit**: Het audiosignaal dat naar de server wordt gestuurd, is mono, maar het retoursignaal is stereo. Dit is handig als de geluidskaart het instrument op het ene ingangskanaal heeft en de microfoon op het andere. In dat geval zullen de twee ingangssignalen kunnen worden gemengd tot één monokanaal, maar de servermix is in stereo te horen.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Als je de stereomodus inschakelt, wordt de gegevenssnelheid van je stream verhoogd. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "In stereostreamingmodus is er geen audiokanaalselectie voor het galm-effect beschikbaar in het hoofdvenster, aangezien het effect in dit geval op beide kanalen wordt toegepast."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "Audiokwaliteit"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Hoe hoger de audiokwaliteit, hoe hoger de datasnelheid van je audiostream. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "Buffervertraging"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "De instelling voor buffervertraging is een fundamentele instelling van de Jamulus-software. Deze instelling heeft invloed op veel verbindingseigenschappen. Er worden drie buffergroottes ondersteund:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 samples** Biedt de laagste latency, maar werkt niet met alle geluidskaarten."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 samples** De voorkeursinstelling. Zou moeten werken voor de meeste beschikbare geluidskaarten."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 samples** Zou alleen moeten worden gebruikt op zeer trage computers of met een trage internetverbinding."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "Bij sommige stuurprogramma's voor geluidskaarten kan de buffervertraging niet worden gewijzigd vanuit de Jamulus-software. In dit geval is de instelling van de buffervertraging uitgeschakeld en moet deze worden gewijzigd met behulp van het stuurprogramma van de geluidskaart. Druk in Windows op de ASIO Apparaatinstellingen-knop om het venster met driverinstellingen te openen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr "Voor Linux: - wanneer je JACK gebruikt, gebruik je `QJackCtl` om de buffergrootte te wijzigen en JACK opnieuw te starten; - wanneer je de JACK-server van PipeWire gebruikt, wijzig je de Quantum-parameter van PipeWire met de eigen configuratietools."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "De werkelijke buffervertraging heeft invloed op de verbindingsstatus, de huidige uploadsnelheid en de algehele vertraging. Hoe kleiner de buffergrootte, hoe groter de kans op een rood lampje in de statusindicator (uitval) en hoe hoger de uploadsnelheid en hoe lager de algehele vertraging."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "De bufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "Jitterbuffer"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "De jitterbuffer compenseert voor netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitters. De grootte van de buffer heeft invloed op de kwaliteit van de audiostream (hoeveel dropouts zijn er) en de totale vertraging (hoe langer de buffer, hoe groter de vertraging)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "Je kunt de jitterbuffergrootte handmatig instellen voor je lokale client en de externe server. Voor de lokale jitterbuffer word uitval in de audiostream aangegeven door het lampje onder de invoer VU-meters. Als het lampje op rood springt, heeft er een buffer over-/underrun plaatsgevonden en wordt de audiostream onderbroken."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "De jitterbufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "Als de Auto-instelling is ingeschakeld, dan worden de jitterbuffers van je lokale client en de externe server automatisch ingesteld op basis van metingen van de netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitter. Als de automatische controle is ingeschakeld dan zijn de faders van de jitterbuffergrootte uitgeschakeld (ze kunnen niet met de muis worden verplaatst)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "Kleine netwerkbuffers"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor zeer kleine netwerkaudiopakketten. Deze worden alleen gebruikt als de buffervertraging van de geluidskaart kleiner is dan 128 samples. Hoe kleiner de netwerkbuffers, hoe lager de audiolatency. Maar tegelijkertijd neemt de netwerkbelasting toe en neemt de kans op audio-uitval ook toe (vooral als je netwerkverbinding aanzienlijke jitter heeft). Probeer deze optie in te schakelen als je last hebt van hoge latency of slechte geluidskwaliteit. Als je het echter uitgeschakeld houdt, betekent dit normaal gesproken een betere geluidskwaliteit."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "Audiobitsnelheid"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "De audiobitsnelheid is afhankelijk van de huidige audiopakketgrootte en compressie-instelling. Zorg ervoor dat de upstream-snelheid niet hoger is dan je beschikbare internet-uploadsnelheid (controleer dit met een service zoals [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"afbeelding van het geavanceeerde instellingen venster\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "Eigen adresboeken"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "Als je andere adresboekadressen wilt toevoegen dan de ingebouwde adressen, dan kun je dat hier doen.  Als je het IP-adres of de hostnaam van een eigen adresboek weet, dan kun je er verbinding mee maken via het Serveradres veld.  Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`.  (Houd er rekening mee dat IPv6 momenteel niet wordt ondersteund voor adresboeken).  Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "Nieuw client-niveau"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -651,141 +807,114 @@ msgstr ""
 "van die gebruiker was opgeslagen. Je kunt alle gebruikers in een gebruikte server op dit niveau instellen met Bewerken > \"Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau\".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "Ingangsversterking"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "Verhoogt de gain van je apparaat. Gebruik dit als je apparaat een gain heeft die te laag is voor Jamulus."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "Feedback bescherming"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "Probeert om audiofeedbacklussen of hard geluid te detecteren in de eerste drie seconden nadat je verbinding hebt gemaakt met een server. Eenmaal gedetecteerd, zal deze functie een bericht tonen en de \"Demp mijzelf\"-knop activeren om je in je eigen mix te dempen."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "Ingangsbalans"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "Regelt de relatieve niveaus van de linker en rechter lokale audiokanalen. Voor een monosignaal fungeert het als een balans tussen de twee kanalen. Als er bijvoorbeeld een microfoon is aangesloten op het rechter ingangskanaal en een instrument is aangesloten op het linker ingangskanaal dat veel luider is dan de microfoon, verplaatst je de fader om het relatieve volume van de microfoon te verhogen."
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "Menu opties"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je bandrepetities opslaan en herstellen (fader, demp, balans, solo enz.) en deze op elk moment laden (zelfs terwijl je speelt). Laden kan ook door middel van het slepen van het bestand naar het mengpaneel."
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in "
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-instelling toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk."
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "Een back-up maken van Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Je kunt verschillende mixerinstellingen opslaan en laden met [Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan](Software-Manual#bestand--mixer-kanaalinstellingen-ladenopslaan) en deze bestanden opslaan waar je maar wilt."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in \n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "De meest voorkomende functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, maar deze en andere kunnen ook worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster/opdrachtprompt worden ingegeven. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van je besturingssysteem."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\pad\\naar\\mijninibestand.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/pad/naar/mijninibetand.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr "Client aansturen via API"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Naast de opdrachtregelopties kan Jamulus worden bestuurd met behulp van een API. Dit is gunstig voor geavanceerde gebruikssituaties, bijvoorbeeld wanneer er geen GUI is of een andere toepassing moet communiceren met Jamulus. Houd er rekening mee dat de API nog steeds experimenteel is. Informatie over de [JSON-RPC API (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is te vinden in de hoofdrepository."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 186dbb295..3c9e32d85 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -264,18 +264,23 @@ msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen,
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
index 47503f24a..c0dab0f58 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "</details>"
-msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details>"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -116,8 +116,9 @@ msgstr "## Ping, Atraso and Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** mostra a latência da rede em milissegundos, quanto menor, melhor. O tempo de ping contribui para o atraso geral (veja abaixo). A causa mais provável de um ping alto é que sua distância para o servidor é muito grande.   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -316,205 +317,347 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagem de um símbolo de LED verde\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagem de um símbolo de LED amarelo\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagem de um símbolo de LED amarelo\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagem de um símbolo de LED vermelho\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -522,152 +665,152 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>"
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Imagem de um símbolo de LED vermelho\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -676,141 +819,113 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 79e00abdf..415b8fa4b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -243,18 +243,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
index 7be40a912..0ee6c76e3 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -290,201 +290,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -492,151 +634,151 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -645,140 +787,112 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index eeb333e5c..40fad7f2d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -243,18 +243,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index 9881ff4a9..b9ad1559a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -76,8 +76,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -108,8 +109,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, fördröjning och jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** visar din nätverkslatens i millisekunder, ju lägre desto bättre. Pingtid bidrar till den totala fördröjningen (se nedan). Den mest troliga orsaken till en hög ping är att ditt avstånd till servern är för stort.   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -221,7 +223,9 @@ msgstr "Chatt"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "Öppnar chattfönstret. Inmatad text skickas till alla anslutna klienter. Om ett nytt chattmeddelande kommer och chattdialogen inte redan är öppen, öppnas den automatiskt för alla klienter. Se Inställningar om du vill aktivera en ljudvarning när ett nytt chattmeddelande tas emot."
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -294,201 +298,353 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "Om du ser en \"tyst\"-ikon ovanför en användare betyder det att personen inte kan höra dig. Antingen har de stängt av dig, solo en eller flera användare som inte inkluderar dig, eller har satt din fader i deras mix till noll."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "Användare visas vanligtvis från vänster till höger i den ordning som de ansluter. Du kan istället sortera efter namn, instrument, grupp eller stad med hjälp av menyn Visa."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "Om serveroperatören har aktiverat inspelning kommer du att se ett meddelande ovanför mixern som visar att du håller på att spelas in."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "Grp-knapp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "Du kan gruppera användare med \"grupp\"-växeln. Om du flyttar fadern för någon medlem i gruppen kommer de andra fadersna i den gruppen att flyttas lika mycket. Du kan isolera en kanal från gruppen tillfälligt med skift-klick-dra. Upp till 8 grupper kan definieras."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "Mute-knapp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "Förhindrar att användare hörs i din lokala mix. Var medveten om att när du tystar någon, kommer de att se en \"avstängd\" ikon ovanför din fader för att indikera att du inte kan höra dem. Observera också att du kommer att fortsätta att se deras VU-mätare röra sig om ljudet från den avstängda användaren når servern. Din faderposition för dem påverkas inte heller."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "Soloknapp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "Låter dig höra en eller flera användare på egen hand. De som inte är solo kommer att stängas av. Observera också att de personer som inte är ensamma kommer att se en \"dämpad\" ikon ovanför din fader."
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "Menykommandon"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för dina bandrepetitioner (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) och ladda dessa när som helst (även när du spelar). Laddar kan också göras genom att dra/släppa till mixerfönstret."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "Tillämpar en engångsfaderinställning för varje kanal beroende på dess volym. Användbar för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Appliceras bäst under en uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket."
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "Inställningar"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Inställningar"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "Min profil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "Från menyn Inställningar, välj \"Min profil...\" för att ställa in ditt Alias/namn som visas under din fader i serverns ljudmixerkort."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild av ett profilfönster\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "Om du ställer in ett instrument och/eller land, kommer även ikoner för dessa val att visas under din fader. Färdighetsinställningen ändrar bakgrundsfärgen för fader-taggen och stadsposten visas i verktygstipset för fader-taggen:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/sv-SE-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild på ett verktygstips som visar profilinformation\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "Skal"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Detta applicerar ett skal på huvudfönstret, varav några är designade för att rymma större ensembler."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "Ljudmätarstil"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "Detta ändrar ljudmätarnas visuella stil, oberoende av vald skal."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "Mixerrader"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "Detta ställer in antalet rader som visas i serverljudmixern, för användning med större ensembler."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "Ljudvarningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr "Detta aktiverar en ljudvarning när någon ansluter sig till en server eller när du tar emot ett nytt chattmeddelande."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "Ljud/nätverksinställningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild av fönstret för ljud-/nätverksinställningar\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "Ljudenhet"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "Under Windows operativsystem kan ASIO-drivrutinen (ljudkortet) väljas med Jamulus. Om den valda ASIO-drivrutinen inte är giltig visas ett felmeddelande och den föregående giltiga drivrutinen väljs. Under macOS kan ingångs- och utgångshårdvaran väljas."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "Ingångs-/utgångskanalmappning"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/sv-SE-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild av ingångs- och utgångskanalmappning\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "Om den valda ljudkortsenheten erbjuder mer än en ingångs- eller utgångskanal, är inställningarna _Input Channel Mapping och Output Channel Mapping_ synliga. För varje Jamulus ingångs-/utgångskanal (vänster och höger kanal) kan en annan verklig ljudkortskanal väljas."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "Ljudkanaler"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Väljer antalet ljudkanaler som ska användas för kommunikation mellan klient och server."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**Obs**: Det är bättre att köra separata klientinstanser per röst/instrument, där varje klient har sin egen ini-fil, istället för att använda detta inbyggda monopar till stereomixer.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "Det finns tre tillgängliga lägen:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "**Mono** och **Stereo**-lägen använder en respektive två ljudkanaler.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -498,151 +654,151 @@ msgstr ""
 "de två ingångssignalerna kan mixas till en monokanal men servermixen hörs i stereo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Aktivering av stereoläge ökar din streams datahastighet. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "I stereostreamingläge kommer inget val av ljudkanal för efterklangseffekten att vara tillgängligt i huvudfönstret eftersom effekten appliceras på båda kanalerna i detta fall."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "Ljudkvalité"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "Ju högre ljudkvalitet, desto högre datahastighet för din ljudström. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "Buffertfördröjning"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "Buffertfördröjningsinställningen är en grundläggande inställning av Jamulus-programvaran. Denna inställning påverkar många anslutningsegenskaper. Tre buffertstorlekar stöds:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 samples** Ger den lägsta latensen men fungerar inte med alla ljudkort."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 samples** Den föredragna inställningen. Bör fungera för de flesta tillgängliga ljudkort."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 samples** Bör endast användas på mycket långsamma datorer eller med en långsam internetanslutning."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "Vissa ljudkortsdrivrutiner tillåter inte att buffertfördröjningen ändras från Jamulus-programvaran. I det här fallet är buffertfördröjningsinställningen inaktiverad och måste ändras med ljudkortsdrivrutinen. I Windows, tryck på ASIO Setup-knappen för att öppna panelen för drivrutinsinställningar."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr "På Linux: - när du använder JACK, använd `QJackCtl` för att ändra buffertstorleken och starta om JACK; - när du använder PipeWires JACK-server, ändra PipeWires Quantum-parameter med sina egna konfigurationsverktyg."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "Den faktiska buffertfördröjningen påverkar anslutningsstatusen, den aktuella uppladdningshastigheten och den totala fördröjningen. Ju lägre buffertstorlek, desto högre är sannolikheten för ett rött ljus i statusindikatorn (bortfall) och desto högre uppladdningshastighet och desto lägre är den totala fördröjningen."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Buffertinställningen är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "Jitterbuffert"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "Jitterbufferten kompenserar för nätverks- och ljudkorts timingjitter. Storleken på bufferten påverkar kvaliteten på ljudströmmen (hur många bortfall som inträffar) och den totala fördröjningen (ju längre buffert, desto högre fördröjning)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "Du kan ställa in jitterbuffertens storlek manuellt för din lokala klient och fjärrservern. För den lokala jitterbufferten indikeras bortfall i ljudströmmen av ljuset under jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna. Om lampan övergår till rött har ett buffertöverskridande/underskridande skett och ljudströmmen avbryts."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "Inställningen av jitterbuffert är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "Om Auto-inställningen är aktiverad, ställs jitterbuffertarna för din lokala klient och fjärrservern in automatiskt baserat på mätningar av nätverket och ljudkortets timingjitter. Om den automatiska kontrollen är aktiverad, är jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna inaktiverade (de kan inte flyttas med musen)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "Små nätverksbuffertar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "Tillåter stöd för mycket små nätverksljudpaket. Dessa används endast om ljudkortets buffertfördröjning är mindre än 128 sampel. Ju mindre nätverksbuffertar, desto lägre ljudfördröjning. Men samtidigt ökar nätverksbelastningen och sannolikheten för ljudavbrott ökar också (särskilt om din nätverksanslutning har något betydande jitter). Försök att aktivera det här alternativet om du lider av hög latens eller dålig ljudkvalitet. Men att hålla den inaktiverad innebär normalt bättre ljudkvalitet."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "Ljudströmningshastighet"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "Beror på aktuell ljudpaketstorlek och komprimeringsinställning. Se till att uppströmshastigheten inte är högre än din tillgängliga internetuppladdningshastighet (kontrollera detta med en tjänst som [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "Avancerade inställningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Bild av fönstret för avancerade inställningar\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "Anpassade kataloger"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "Om du behöver lägga till andra katalogadresser än de inbyggda kan du göra det här. Om du känner till IP-adressen eller värdnamnet för en anpassad katalog kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6 för närvarande inte stöds för kataloger.) Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "Ny klientnivå"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -654,141 +810,114 @@ msgstr ""
 "den användaren var redan lagrad. Du kan ställa in alla användare på en upptagen server till denna nivå genom att använda Redigera > \"Ställ in alla faders till ny klientnivå\".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "Inmatnings boost"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "Ökar din gain från din enhet. Använd detta om din enhet ger en förstärkning som är för tyst för Jamulus."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "Återkopplingsskydd"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "Försöker att upptäcka ljudåterkopplingsslingor eller högt brus under de första tre sekunderna efter att du anslutit till en server. När den har upptäckts kommer den här funktionen att visa ett meddelande och aktivera knappen \"Stäng av mig själv\" för att stänga av dig i din egen mix.Feedback-skydd."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "Ingångsbalans"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "Styr de relativa nivåerna för vänster och höger lokala ljudkanaler. För en monosignal fungerar den som en panorering mellan de två kanalerna. Till exempel, om en mikrofon är ansluten till den högra ingångskanalen och ett instrument är anslutet till den vänstra ingångskanalen som är mycket starkare än mikrofonen, flytta ljudfadern för att öka den relativa volymen för mikrofonen."
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "Menykommandon"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för dina bandrepetitioner (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) och ladda dessa när som helst (även när du spelar). Laddar kan också göras genom att dra/släppa till mixerfönstret."
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders "
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Tillämpar en engångsfaderinställning för varje kanal beroende på dess volym. Användbar för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Appliceras bäst under en uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket."
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr "**Obs för macOS-användare:** Från och med Jamulus 3.8.1 har vi ett signerat installationsprogram. Detta kommer att lagra inställningarna i \n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "De vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med hjälp av GUI, men dessa och andra kan också ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj \"Egenskaper\" > Mål. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr "Styra klienten via API"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "Förutom CLI kan Jamulus styras med hjälp av ett API. Detta är fördelaktigt för avancerade användningsfall - till exempel där det inte finns något GUI eller en annan applikation behöver interagera med Jamulus. Observera att API:et fortfarande är experimentellt. Information om [JSON-RPC API finns i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 4a10e6f80..743058eec 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -265,18 +265,23 @@ msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket inn
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 963551dd8..6d9822c75 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -41,31 +41,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -73,277 +73,249 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Your sound is stuttering"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Clap your hands again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To open Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge.  To fix this:\n"
 "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n"
@@ -352,6 +324,5 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
index 6c51774c0..ba5bfe3fe 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -41,42 +41,39 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Shared commands"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Client only commands"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server only commands"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
index 1b7600ad5..c2024f3a2 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
@@ -41,36 +41,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/issues\">raise it as a bug</a>.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions\">post about it on this forum</a> so it can be discussed first.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Want to contribute code?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
index 29e8565ca..800c81c75 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -41,72 +41,63 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Running a Directory"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Points to note about Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address.  This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address.  Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 9a9a512c9..9f0e84f5a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -41,31 +41,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -73,162 +73,148 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server FAQ"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index d2da31237..f3dff4af1 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -41,55 +41,49 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
 "    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
@@ -101,37 +95,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Hardware Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus main window"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
@@ -141,19 +132,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up a profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
@@ -163,37 +153,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
@@ -203,31 +190,28 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Playing for the first time"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
@@ -237,30 +221,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
index 36b808c72..70910360c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po
@@ -17,54 +17,46 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<!-- NOTE: This must apply to both Client and Server, and all operating systems -->\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files.  **Points to note**"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
index c45307623..664ca073f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -17,36 +17,30 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
index 624745105..c4181a249 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po
@@ -17,72 +17,60 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users/<username>/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index fccfb0b1d..eeaabc74d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -36,96 +36,85 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Android"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Things to note about Android"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Install the Android PoC"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback and development"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index 4c2cdfb73..7c10adc40 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -36,74 +36,67 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Linux"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Debian and Ubuntu"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -115,7 +108,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -127,7 +119,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -139,127 +130,112 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installing the .deb files manually"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Other distributions"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Set up your hardware"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure PipeWire"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust.  You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand.  You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab.  2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -273,42 +249,37 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Start Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at the"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 4a2aa73b2..21a5bab0e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -36,37 +36,33 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for macOS"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
 " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
@@ -76,30 +72,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at the"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index bf9e910a1..08d7788d7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -36,43 +36,38 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
 " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
@@ -83,145 +78,127 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "ASIO"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Hints:**\n"
 "1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n"
@@ -231,48 +208,42 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Take a look at"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 41378e496..73c144f42 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -35,150 +35,131 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for iOS"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Things to note about iOS"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '5. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback and development"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
index 2f4792e72..34ddf5e88 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -41,132 +41,120 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Privacy Statement"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Definition of Terms"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus.io Website"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "General Information"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Servers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat Exchanges"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
index 06271a7cd..80165359d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
@@ -41,37 +41,33 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Use of QoS on Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18.  Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255].  However, most people will have no need to do this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)<br>\n"
 "In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel<br>\n"
@@ -96,6 +92,5 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
index 3334904aa..4a435a26b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -41,31 +41,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Administration Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -73,127 +73,116 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Requirements"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Speed and latency"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "General notes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Download the setup script:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
@@ -202,13 +191,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Make the script executable:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
@@ -217,13 +205,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n"
@@ -232,13 +219,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n"
@@ -247,13 +233,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n"
@@ -262,13 +247,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "    ```\n"
 "    sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n"
@@ -277,43 +261,40 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Modes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Unregistered mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Unregistered Server\">\n"
@@ -322,31 +303,28 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Registered mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Registered Server\">\n"
@@ -355,67 +333,61 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Directory mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Configuration options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections.  You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -430,55 +402,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server mode-related options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This option takes the format:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "| Genre |   `hostname:port`  |\n"
 "|-----------|------------------|\n"
@@ -493,337 +460,308 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-L or --licence`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect.  The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.  When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.)  If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`--serverpublicip`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`--directoryfile`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-f or --listfilter`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "General Server options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-d or --discononquit`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-l or --log`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-P or --delaypan`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-s` or `--server`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`--serverbindip`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine.  Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-T or --multithreading`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-u or --numchannels`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-z or --startminimized`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Other options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Server via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Recording"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`-R or --recording`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #####
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "`--norecord`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling Recording"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -842,7 +780,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To start a new recording:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -861,162 +798,146 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Adding metadata to the Server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Servers on the desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "The Server status icon"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/server-inactive.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus Server icon\"></figure> The Server is empty\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/server-active.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus Server icon\"></figure> The Server is occupied\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up the Server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
index b6031483b..ef94b9351 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
@@ -41,31 +41,28 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio bandwidth"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)  * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "| Channels  | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) |  Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n"
 "| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n"
@@ -79,13 +76,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Network bandwidth"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n"
 "<figure>\n"
@@ -96,6 +93,5 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index f432e181e..d91ff5fbd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -36,37 +36,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Troubleshooting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -74,108 +73,98 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Servers - Registered"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Servers - Unregistered"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "What port numbers can I use?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index bcee2b8e2..52ce88de1 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -35,37 +35,36 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -73,19 +72,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Main Window"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<figure>\n"
 "\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
@@ -95,597 +94,688 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Input"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input.  Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute Myself button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Reverb effect"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode.  The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Connect/disconnect button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session.  You can also open the dialogue using \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location.  Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre.  You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character.  If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.)  The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses.  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Server audio mixer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself).  The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
 "the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
 "to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n"
@@ -693,151 +783,112 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
-#, markdown-text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 7820ec5af..bca83081f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -41,31 +41,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Tips & Tricks"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
@@ -73,115 +73,105 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Using the Jamulus Client"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Here is the script:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -216,103 +206,94 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, markdown-text
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
index 1d0d0f1b7..b55d25377 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -35,121 +35,110 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Running an Unregistered Server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Port forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting the public IP"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip).  You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "DNS SRV record support"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Why is this helpful?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Creating SRV records"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -166,37 +155,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Example use case with SRV records"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67
-#, markdown-text
 msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "| JAMULUS CLIENT     |  DNS SRV RECORD                                                             | JAMULUS SERVER             |\n"
 "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n"
@@ -207,6 +193,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76
-#, markdown-text, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
index dd76045bd..4b65c8440 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po
@@ -79,8 +79,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "</details> \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "</details> \n"
+msgid "</details>\n"
 msgstr "</details> \n"
 
 #. type: Title #
@@ -111,8 +112,9 @@ msgstr "Ping、延迟和抖动"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
 msgstr "**Ping** 以毫秒为单位显示您的网络延迟，越低越好。 Ping 时间会导致整体延迟(见下文)。 ping 高的最可能原因是您与服务器的距离过大。   \n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
@@ -224,7 +226,9 @@ msgstr "聊天"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
+msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
 msgstr "打开聊天窗口。输入的文本将发送到所有连接的客户端。如果有新的聊天消息到达并且聊天对话尚未打开，它将自动为所有客户打开。请参阅设置以在收到新聊天消息时选择性地打开声音警报。"
 
 #. type: Title ##
@@ -297,201 +301,353 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear
 msgstr "如果您在用户上方看到“静音”图标，则表示该人听不到您的声音。他们要么让你静音，要么让一个或多个不包括你在内的用户独奏，要么在他们的混音中将你的推子设置为零。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113
-msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
+msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
 msgstr "用户通常按照他们连接的顺序从左到右出现。您可以使用“查看”菜单按名称、乐器、组或城市排序。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
 msgstr "如果服务器操作员已启用录音，您将在混音器上方看到一条消息，表明您正在被录音。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
 msgstr "Grp 按钮"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
 msgstr "您可以使用“组”开关将用户分组在一起。移动组中任何成员的推子将移动该组中的其他推子相同的量。您可以通过 shift-单击-拖动将频道与组暂时隔离。最多可以定义 8 个组。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
 msgstr "静音按钮"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
 msgstr "防止在您的本地混音中听到用户的声音。请注意，当您将某人静音时，他们会在您的推子上方看到一个“静音”图标，表示您无法听到他们的声音。另请注意，如果来自静音用户的声音到达服务器，您将继续看到他们的 VU 表移动。您对它们的推子位置也不受影响。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
 msgstr "请注意，将您的**自己的**频道静音仅意味着您将听不到来自服务器的信号（不建议这样做，因为这会导致您与其他玩家失去时间）。因此，这与使用“[将自己静音](#静音自己按钮)”不同。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
 msgstr "独奏按钮"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
 msgstr "允许您单独听到一位或多位用户的声音。那些未独奏的将被静音。另请注意，那些未独奏的人会在推子上方看到一个“静音”图标。"
 
+#. type: Title ##
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Menu commands"
+msgstr "菜单命令"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
+msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
+msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "File > Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
+msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
+msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
+msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
+msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子 "
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
+msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。"
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > (sort options)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n"
+"* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
+"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"* No user sorting<br/>\n"
+"This does not take any user details into account when sorting.  It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n"
+"* Sort by Name<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n"
+"* Sort by Instrument / City<br/>\n"
+"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n"
+"* Sort by Group<br/>\n"
+"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n"
+"* Sort by Channel<br/>\n"
+"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
+"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "View > Chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
+msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Settings"
+msgid "Settings Menu"
+msgstr "设置"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
+msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Title ###
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
+msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "设置"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
 msgstr "我的个人资料"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
 msgstr "从“设置”菜单中，选择“我的个人资料...”以设置您的别名/名称，该别名/名称显示在服务器混音器板的推子下方。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"配置文件窗口的图像\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
 msgstr "如果您设置了乐器和/或国家，这些选择的图标也将显示在您的推子下方。技能设置改变了推子标签的背景颜色，城市条目显示在推子标签的工具提示中:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
 msgstr "皮肤"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
 msgstr "这会将皮肤应用于主窗口，其中一些设计用于容纳更大的合奏。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
 msgstr "仪表样式"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
 msgstr "这会改变音频表的视觉风格，与所选皮肤无关。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
 msgstr "混合器的行"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
 msgstr "这将设置服务器音频混音器中显示的行数，以用于更大的合奏。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
 msgstr "音频警报"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
 msgstr "当有人加入服务器或收到新的聊天消息时，这会打开声音警报。"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
 msgstr "音频/网络设置"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
 msgstr "设备"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
 msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下，可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程序(声卡)。如果所选的 ASIO 驱动程序无效，则会显示错误消息并选择之前的有效驱动程序。在 macOS 下，可以选择输入和输出硬件。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
 msgstr "输入/输出通道映射"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"输入输出通道映射图\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
 msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道，则“_Input通道映射”和“输出通道”Mapping_设置可见。对于每个Jamulus输入/输出通道(左声道和右声道)，可以选择不同的实际声卡声卡声道。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
 msgstr "音频通道"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
-msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
+msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "选择要用于客户端和服务器之间通信的音频通道数。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
 msgstr "**注意**:最好为每个语音/乐器运行单独的客户端实例，每个客户端都有自己的 ini 文件，而不是使用这个内置的单声道对立体声混音器。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
 msgstr "提供三种模式:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
 msgstr "**Mono** 和 **Stereo** 模式分别使用一个和两个音频通道。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
@@ -501,151 +657,151 @@ msgstr ""
 "两个输入信号可以混合到一个单声道，但服务器混音是立体声。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "启用立体声模式将提高流的数据速率。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256
 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case."
 msgstr "在立体声媒体流模式时，由于混响效果将被应用到所有的两个声道，故主窗口将不提供选择混响效果所应用到的声道的功能。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio quality"
 msgstr "音频质量"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260
 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
 msgstr "音频质量越高，音频流的数据速率就越高。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer Delay"
 msgstr "缓冲延迟"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:"
 msgstr "缓冲延迟设置是 Jamulus 软件的基本设置。此设置会影响许多连接属性。支持三种缓冲区大小:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards."
 msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟，但不适用于所有声卡。"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards."
 msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection."
 msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software.  In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel."
 msgstr "一些声卡驱动程序不允许在 Jamulus 软件中更改缓冲延迟。在这种情况下，缓冲延迟设置被禁用，必须使用声卡驱动程序进行更改。在 Windows 上，按 ASIO 设置按钮打开驱动程序设置面板。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276
 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools."
 msgstr "在 Linux 系统上： - 使用 JACK 时，使用 `QJackCtl` 更改缓冲区大小并重新启动 JACK; - 使用 PipeWire 的 JACK 服务器时，使用其自身的配置工具更改 PipeWire 的量子 (Quantum) 参数。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280
 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay.  The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay."
 msgstr "实际缓冲区延迟对连接状态、当前上传速率和整体延迟都有影响。缓冲区大小越小，状态指示器(丢失)中出现红灯的可能性就越高，上传速率越高，整体延迟越低。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282
 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "因此，缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jitter Buffer"
 msgstr "抖动缓冲区"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)."
 msgstr "抖动缓冲器补偿网络和声卡定时抖动。缓冲区的大小会影响音频流的质量(发生多少丢失)和整体延迟(缓冲区越长，延迟越高)。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292
 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders.  If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted."
 msgstr "您可以为本地客户端和远程服务器手动设置抖动缓冲区大小。对于本地抖动缓冲区，音频流中的丢失由抖动缓冲区大小推子下方的灯指示。如果指示灯变为红色，则表示缓冲区溢出/欠载，并且音频流被中断。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294
 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay."
 msgstr "因此，抖动缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298
 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)."
 msgstr "如果启用自动设置，本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓冲区将根据网络和声卡定时抖动的测量值自动设置。如果启用了自动检查，则抖动缓冲区大小推子将被禁用(它们不能用鼠标移动)。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Small Network Buffers"
 msgstr "小型网络缓冲区"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303
 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality."
 msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲区延迟小于 128 个样本时使用。网络缓冲区越小，音频延迟越低。但与此同时，网络负载增加，音频丢失的可能性也增加(特别是如果您的网络连接有任何明显的抖动)。如果您遇到高延迟或较差的音频质量，请尝试启用此选项。但是，禁用它通常意味着更好的音频质量。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Stream Rate"
 msgstr "音频流速率"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308
 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))."
 msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不高于您可用的互联网上传速度(通过 [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/) 等服务进行检查)。"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Advanced Setup"
 msgstr "高级设置"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of advanced settings window\"></figure>\n"
 msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"高级设置窗口图片\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Custom Directories"
 msgstr "自定义目录"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320
 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here.  If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.)  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
 msgstr "如果您需要添加除内置目录地址之外的其他目录地址，可以在此处进行操作。如果您知道自定义目录的 IP 地址或主机名，可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`。（请注意，目前目录不支持 IPv6。）该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "New Client Level"
 msgstr "新客户端级别"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n"
@@ -659,141 +815,114 @@ msgstr ""
 "您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将已占用服务器中的所有用户设置为此级别。\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Boost"
 msgstr "输入提升"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330
 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus."
 msgstr "增加设备的增益。如果您的设备提供的增益对于 Jamulus 来说过于安静，请使用此选项。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Feedback Protection"
 msgstr "反馈保护"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334
 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix."
 msgstr "尝试在连接到服务器后的前三秒内检测音频反馈循环或噪音。一旦检测到，此功能将显示一条消息并激活“静音我自己”按钮以使您在自己的混音中静音。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input Balance"
 msgstr "输入平衡"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340
 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic."
 msgstr "控制左右本地音频通道的相对电平。对于单声道信号，它充当两个通道之间的声像。例如，如果麦克风连接到右输入通道，而乐器连接到比麦克风大得多的左输入通道，则移动音频推子以增加麦克风的相对音量。"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Menu commands"
-msgstr "菜单命令"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup"
-msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284
-msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。"
-
-#. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
-msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子 "
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288
-msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。"
-
-#. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Backing up Jamulus"
 msgstr "备份 Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * 您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
 msgstr "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Command Line Options"
 msgstr "命令行选项"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354
 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system."
 msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n"
 msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362
 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:"
 msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}"
 
 #. type: Title #
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Controlling the Client via API"
 msgstr "通过 API 控制客户端"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321
+#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373
 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)."
 msgstr "除了命令行界面（CLI）之外，Jamulus 还可以通过 API 进行控制。这对于高级用例非常有用，例如没有图形用户界面（GUI）的情况，或者其他应用程序需要与 Jamulus 进行交互的情况。请注意，该 API 仍处于实验阶段。有关 [JSON-RPC API 的信息可以在主存储库中找到](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。"
 
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index eb8147826..f3abb0bcd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -268,18 +268,23 @@ msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##

From e56b8e16122d038021339d5010af7d8ccb53ecf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:15:44 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 075/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 20.0% (2 of 10 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 10.5% (2 of 19 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (4 of 56 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 11.1% (4 of 36 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 9.5% (4 of 42 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 15.3% (4 of 26 strings)

Translated using Weblate (Thai)

Currently translated at 6.4% (2 of 31 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 3.1% (5 of 159 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 8.5% (4 of 47 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 2.9% (4 of 136 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 6.1% (3 of 49 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 16.6% (2 of 12 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 21.4% (3 of 14 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 84.2% (32 of 38 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (2 of 28 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 12.5% (2 of 16 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.4% (2 of 27 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (17 of 17 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (13 of 13 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.6% (1 of 13 strings)

Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Co-authored-by: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/1-index/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/command-line-options/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/contribution/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/general/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/privacy-statement/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/qos-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-bandwidth/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/unregistered-servers/th/
Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Command-Line-Options
Translation: Jamulus/Contribution
Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translation: Jamulus/General strings
Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translation: Jamulus/Privacy-Statement
Translation: Jamulus/QOS-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Bandwidth
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translation: Jamulus/Startpage
Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translation: Jamulus/Unregistered-Servers
---
 _translator-files/po/th/1-index.po            | 53 ++++++++----
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Command-Line-Options.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po       | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po        | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po                | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po    | 86 +++++++++++--------
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Android.po         | 16 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           | 18 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po       | 18 ++--
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po  | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po        | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po   | 22 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po   | 16 ++--
 .../po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po           | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po    | 20 ++---
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 20 ++---
 .../po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po             | 16 ++--
 _translator-files/po/th/general.po            | 46 +++++-----
 _translator-files/po/th/navigation.po         | 62 ++++++-------
 22 files changed, 303 insertions(+), 266 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
index a22572ecf..bac9107be 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1
@@ -37,42 +37,59 @@ msgid ""
 "---\n"
 "[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"---\n"
+"title: \"Jamulus ‒ เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n"
+"lang: \"th\"\n"
+"permalink: /\n"
+"layout: mainhomepage\n"
+"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n"
+"ldjSlogan: \"เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n"
+"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n"
+"metadescription: \"Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์ฟรีและโอเพนซอร์สที่ช่วยให้นักดนตรีสามารถเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมร่วมกันได้แบบเรียลไทม์ผ่านอินเตอร์เน็ต\"\n"
+"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n"
+"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n"
+"mTGetStartedNow: \"เริ่มต้นใช้งานได้เลย!\"\n"
+"mTDownloadNow: 'ดาวน์โหลดโปรแกรมเพื่อใช้งานบน'\n"
+"mTPlatformsAnd: 'และ'\n"
+"mTOtherPlatforms: 'แพลตฟอร์มอื่นๆ'\n"
+"---\n"
+"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "What is Jamulus?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus คืออะไร?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ให้คุณเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมกับเพื่อนๆ วงดนตรีของคุณ หรือใครก็ตามที่คุณเจอทางออนไลน์ เล่นด้วยกันได้อย่างพร้อมเพรียงด้วยคุณภาพเสียงสูงและดีเลย์ต่ำ ผ่านการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบทั่วไป [ดาวน์โหลดได้ที่นี่!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><figure><figcaption>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus is international"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ใช้งานได้ทั่วโลก"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus worldwide"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus เชื่อมโลกดนตรี"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทั่วทุกมุมโลก Jamulus ช่วยให้คณะนักร้องประสานเสียงสามารถฝึกซ้อม และวงดนตรีร็อกสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ Jamulus เชื่อมโยงนักดนตรีพื้นบ้านและนักดนตรีคลาสสิกเข้าด้วยกัน มีการใช้งาน Jamulus สำหรับการเรียนดนตรีทางไกล ในโรงเรียนและมหาวิทยาลัย ทั้งในที่ส่วนตัวและที่สาธารณะ ทั้งหมดนี้เกิดขึ้นแบบเรียลไทม์บนอินเทอร์เน็ต ราวกับว่าคุณอยู่ที่นั่นด้วยตนเอง\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Help needed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต้องการความช่วยเหลือ?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47
@@ -81,33 +98,35 @@ msgid ""
 "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
 "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n"
 msgstr ""
+"หากต้องการความช่วยเหลือ ลองดู[คู่มือการใช้งาน](wiki/Getting-Started) และลองอ่าน[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n"
+"คุณยังสามารถสอบถามได้ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><h2>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Want to get involved?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อยากมีส่วนร่วมไหม?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีไอเดีย? พบเจอบั๊ก? ต้องการช่วยเขียนโค้ด หรือช่วย[แปล](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus เป็นภาษาของคุณ? เนื่องจาก Jamulus เป็น[ซอฟต์แวร์เสรีและโอเพนซอร์ส](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ภายใต้ลิขสิทธิ์ [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) คุณสามารถช่วยเราได้!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดู[แนวทางการมีส่วนร่วม](wiki/Contribution) ของเรา เพื่อดูวิธีการ พวกเรายินดีตอนรับทุกท่าน!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><p><div>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_สำหรับข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเกี่ยวกับวิธีการทำงานของ Jamulus โปรดอ่าน[บทความวิชาการโดย Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)_\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <div><div><a>
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 6d9822c75..8ad05c5b2 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
index ba5bfe3fe..7f7ddce2c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
index c2024f3a2..20011d7cc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
index 800c81c75..8b3ddb292 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 9f0e84f5a..8d3dc1d9f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index f3dff4af1..b360c6ce9 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซ็ตอัพ"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเซ็ตอัพ - เริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11
 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพื่อให้ได้ประโยชน์สูงสุดจาก Jamulus อย่างน้อยคุณควรจะมี:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**การเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบใช้สาย** (ควรปิด Wi-Fi อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หูฟังแบบมีสาย** (ไม่ควรใช้ Bluetooth หรือลำโพง อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**อุปกรณ์เสียง การ์ดเสียง และ/หรือไมโครโฟนที่เหมาะสม** ([ดูรายการนี้](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) สำหรับตัวอย่างอุปกรณ์ที่ใช้ได้)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17
 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีคำถามใดๆ โปรดดูที่[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21
 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากต้องการให้ Jamulus ทำงานกับระบบปฏิบัติการของคุณ โปรดทำตามคู่มือการติดตั้งสำหรับแพลตฟอร์มของคุณ:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28
@@ -92,33 +92,39 @@ msgid ""
 "</div>\n"
 "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<div class=\"fx-row fx-row-start-xs button-container\">\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Windows\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Windows</a>\n"
+"    <a href=\"Installation-for-Macintosh\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">macOS</a>\n"
+"    <a href= \"Installation-for-Linux\" class=\"button fx-col-100-xs\">Linux</a>\n"
+"</div>\n"
+"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) และ [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) สามารถใช้งานได้เช่นกัน แต่ยังถือว่าอยู่ในขั้นทดลอง_\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30
 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "และในตอนนี้ ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ทั้งหมดก่อน การเริ่มต้นจากสิ่งที่เรียบง่ายที่สุดก่อนจะดีที่สุด"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Hardware Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34
 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณใช้อุปกรณ์เสียงภายนอก ให้เสียบอุปกรณ์นั้นก่อนเริ่ม Jamulus หากคุณยังไม่ได้กำหนดค่าฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ โปรดดูคู่มือการติดตั้งที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้น"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus main window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38
 msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อคุณเปิด Jamulus คุณจะเห็นหน้าต่างที่มีลักษณะดังนี้:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43
@@ -129,17 +135,21 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>The main window before you connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up a profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48
 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อันดับแรก ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Settings” ที่ด้านล่างซ้าย และไปที่ “My Profile…” ตอนนี้คุณจะเห็นสิ่งนี้:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53
@@ -150,33 +160,37 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>Let people know who you are</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption> ตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร </figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56
 msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กรอก “Alias/Name” และข้อมูลอื่นๆ หากต้องการ แล้วปิดหน้าต่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์และทดสอบเสียงของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ คุณ**ไม่ควร**ได้ยินเสียงของตัวเอง การฟังเสียงของคุณจาก Jamulus (และไม่ใช่จากตัวคุณเอง) เรียกว่า “Golden Rule” (กฎทองคำ) และช่วยให้คุณเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับผู้อื่นได้ ([ดูคำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ก่อนเล่นดนตรีกับผู้อื่น เราขอแนะนำให้คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ว่างเปล่าเพื่อทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณ** และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังสัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ถ้าเป็นไปได้) และไม่ใช่เสียงของคุณเอง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64
 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต่อไป กดปุ่ม “Connect” ในหน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus เพื่อเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ จะมีหน้าต่างใหม่เปิดขึ้นมา:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69
@@ -187,22 +201,26 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>Connect to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71
 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สิ่งที่สำคัญที่สุดเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์คือ “ping time” ยิ่งตัวเลขมากเท่าไหร่ การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกับคนอื่นก็จะยิ่งยากขึ้นเท่านั้น โดยปกติ คุณควรเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping น้อยกว่า 50ms หากเป็นไปได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ยินเสียงตัวเองชัดเจนดี และแก้ไขปัญหาเกี่ยวกับระดับเสียงอินพุตหรือปัญหาอื่นๆ คุณสามารถดู[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไป และแน่นอนว่า ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณสามารถปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ได้ด้วย"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Playing for the first time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเริ่มต้นเล่นเป็นครั้งแรก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
@@ -238,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index eeaabc74d..0bec74489 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index 7c10adc40..76fb9b68c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 21a5bab0e..071502ab7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 08d7788d7..194cd1e11 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 73c144f42..8e921dc82 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
index 34ddf5e88..c045a1b48 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
index 80165359d..66bfcb30e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
index 4a435a26b..75f602e31 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
index ef94b9351..d98879a58 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index d91ff5fbd..d819cbdae 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 52ce88de1..7169a2628 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index bca83081f..9fdd658f5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Tips & Tricks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
index b55d25377..f426e4f7a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po
@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "en"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "th"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "wiki"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wiki"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink
 #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
index afdc57068..51f99c4c7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po
@@ -1,118 +1,118 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Facebook group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กลุ่ม Jamulus บน Facebook"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus บน GitHub"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Help and support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความช่วยเหลือและการสนับสนุน"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Software by <a href=\"https://github.com/corrados\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">Volker Fischer</a> and <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/graphs/contributors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">contributors</a> - want to <a href=\"/wiki/Contribution\">get involved?</a>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์โดย <a href=\"https://github.com/corrados\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">Volker Fischer</a> และ <a href=\"https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/graphs/contributors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\">ผู้ร่วมพัฒนา</a> - ต้องการ <a href=\"/wiki/Contribution\">มีส่วนร่วม?</a>"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb by
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดย"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Discuss this content"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "พูดคุยเกี่ยวกับเนื้อหานี้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Comments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความคิดเห็น"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<strong>Community knowledge base</strong><br /> Feel free to add your own article!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<strong>คลังความรู้ชุมชน</strong><br />อย่าลังเลที่จะเพิ่มบทความของคุณเอง!"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Knowledge Base overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ภาพรวมคลังความรู้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "More pages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าอื่นๆ"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Add a new page via GitHub"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่มหน้าใหม่ผ่าน GitHub"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Read more..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อ่านเพิ่มเติม..."
 
 #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "– คลังความรู้ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไอคอน Jamulus ลิงก์ไปยังหน้าแรก"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Open navigation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แสดงตัวนำทาง"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เบราว์เซอร์ของคุณปิดใช้งาน JavaScript ซึ่งไม่เป็นปัญหาแต่อย่างใด เว็บไซต์นี้ได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อให้ใช้งานฟังก์ชันพื้นฐานได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ JS แต่การเปิดใช้งาน JavaScript อาจทำให้คุณใช้งานฟังก์ชันเพิ่มเติมบนเว็บไซต์นี้ได้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "– Jamulus Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "– เว็บไซต์ Jamulus"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
index d0418b772..816940d62 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po
@@ -1,166 +1,166 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
+# Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งและตั้งค่าเบื้องต้น"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Windows"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "macOS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "macOS"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Linux"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/FAQ"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Using Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การใช้ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือการเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Tips & Tricks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Community Knowledge Base"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลังความรู้ชุมชน"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "post"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โพสต์"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/kb/index.html"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/kb/index.html"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav title
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "More"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่มเติม"

From 99dd355cf920c6064d69fe6b899f15882646fbc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:15:44 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 076/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Co-authored-by: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/sv/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/sv/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/sv/
Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
---
 .../po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po            | 15 ++++++---------
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po     | 11 +++++------
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po     | 12 ++++++------
 3 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 89a837e20..36df2cd27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -4,18 +4,19 @@
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -169,10 +170,8 @@ msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta."
+msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -333,7 +332,5 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
index 1551c49f3..2fa3f7b36 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -254,10 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att sk
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index b9ad1559a..cd1e29d8e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
+# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-17 21:47+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -36,10 +37,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual"
+msgstr "Användarmanual"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 1e60acb0d92dd4d0b74efdfcb78777ec59276e13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 077/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 25.9% (7 of 27 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 12 +++++++-----
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index d819cbdae..3d2a6a4b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19
@@ -70,12 +70,14 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22

From 9f70d2d124475bbc6dcda508283cf9aaf487c3de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 078/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 17.8% (5 of 28 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index 8e921dc82..c3c5045aa 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53
@@ -162,4 +162,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From 7cd14b57d0f6c5815a989ab7f393d2ff5673ac24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 17:12:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 079/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 16 ++++++++++------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index b360c6ce9..96ac9dda8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "การเริ่มต้นเล่นเป็นครั้ง
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77
 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อตั้งค่าเสียงเรียบร้อยแล้ว คุณก็พร้อมที่จะเริ่มเล่น เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (คุณอาจต้องการเลือก genre จากรายการ) เฟดเดอร์ต่างๆ ที่คุณเห็นทางด้านขวา คือมิกเซอร์ส่วนตัวของคุณ คุณสามารถปรับเปลี่ยนความดังเบาของแชนแนลต่างๆ ที่คุณได้ยิน แต่มันจะไม่มีผลต่อคนอื่น หากคุณเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ลง เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะเบาลง หากคุณเลื่อนขึ้น เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะดังขึ้นสำหรับคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82
@@ -236,21 +236,25 @@ msgid ""
 "  <figcaption>The main window when you are connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <figcaption>หน้าต่างหลักหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84
 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณไม่ต้องการให้ผู้อื่นได้ยินเสียงของคุณ ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Mute Myself” เพื่อหยุดส่งเสียงของคุณไปยังผู้อื่น คนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเอง แต่ถ้าคุณเห็นไอคอน “mute” แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคนอื่น นั่นหมายความว่าคนคนนั้นจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ เนื่องจากเข้าของเฟดเดอร์นั้นได้ปิดเสียงแชนแนลของคุณในมิกเซอร์ของเขา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86
 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าคุณสามารถใช้ฟังก์ชัน Chat เพื่อส่งข้อความถึงผู้อื่นได้ตลอดเวลาในขณะที่คุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ นอกจากนี้ ข้อความต้อนรับในแชทอาจระบุแนวทางหรือกฎเกณฑ์การใช้งานสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้น"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการใช้งาน Jamulus ได้ใน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89
@@ -261,4 +265,4 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91
 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีปัญหาเกี่ยวกับเสียง? มองไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือมีปัญหาอื่นๆ? ลองดู[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) หรืออย่าลังเลที่จะสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"

From f4878768152d9a17b81417421d32ec121e2f9b27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 080/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 50.0% (7 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po              | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 071502ab7..dd15e0409 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
@@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From bfcfe1c8eee3086f4740f599eebd7008fc9195ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:30:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 081/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 14.2% (7 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index 76fb9b68c..e3da7cdcd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
@@ -282,4 +282,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From 76b9493de0b0918ad5a771ffa7c6f0c8aac69e61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 082/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 5.8% (8 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 10 ++++++----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 7169a2628..1468a53fb 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18
@@ -69,6 +69,8 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20

From b3849f64b7fe73cc45120ae7dbd77c7c130f3602 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 083/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 19.1% (9 of 47 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 12 +++++++-----
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 9fdd658f5..ddafff184 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค"
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17
@@ -70,12 +70,14 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20

From ca299fabfdffba275de30c23a1712e65d05c100d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 084/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 6.9% (11 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po | 14 ++++++++------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
index 75f602e31..61dcd0da5 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17
@@ -70,18 +70,20 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23

From a5bfcaac405cb28b2646b6eb79a3c82716228214 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:32:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 085/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.6% (41 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po         | 83 ++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 194cd1e11..09f065979 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,32 +38,32 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Windows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Windows"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13
 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
 msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง ASIO Driver** หากผู้ผลิตฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณได้จัดเตรียมไดรเวอร์ ASIO ไว้ให้ ขอแนะนำให้ลองใช้ไดรเวอร์นั้นดู แต่หากคุณหาไม่พบ หรือคุณไม่ได้ใช้ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก คุณอาจต้องติดตั้ง ASIO4ALL สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม เลื่อนลงไปอ่านที่หัวข้อ [ASIO](#asio)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
@@ -75,126 +75,131 @@ msgid ""
 "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
 "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: ดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ติดตั้งเพื่อเปิดใช้งาน หากคุณได้รับข้อความเตือนจาก SmartScreen ให้คลิกที่ \"More info\" และ \"Run anyway\" เพื่อติดตั้ง Jamulus (หากคุณดาวน์โหลด Jamulus เวอร์ชันใหม่ล่าสุด และเป็นหนึ่งในคนกลุ่มแรกๆ ที่ดาวน์โหลด ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus อาจจะยังไม่ได้รับการรับรองจาก SmartScreen เนื่องจากเราไม่ได้จ่ายเงินสำหรับ code signing)\n"
+"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n"
+"1. **ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณ**: เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณต้องตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ และหากคุณกำลังใช้ ASIO4ALL โปรดดูวิธีการตั้งค่าด้านล่าง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26
 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_โปรดทราบว่าคุณไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้แจกจ่ายไฟล์โปรแกรมนี้หากยังไม่ได้รับ[ข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งานจาก Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** หมายเหตุ:** หากคุณไม่ต้องการใช้ ASIO หรือต้องการใช้ [JACK บน Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) คุณสามารถใช้ [Jamulus เวอร์ชัน JACK]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) แทนได้ และคุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "ASIO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ASIO"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34
 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus สามารถใช้ [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) ได้"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีการ์ดเสียงหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก เราขอแนะนำให้ใช้งานไดรเวอร์ ASIO ของผู้ผลิตอุปกรณ์นั้นๆ หากเป็นไปได้ (เพราะไดรเวอร์เหล่านี้มักจะให้คุณภาพเสียงที่ดีที่สุด)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '* '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37
 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณไม่ได้ใช้การ์ดเสียงแยก คุณก็น่าจะไม่มีไดรเวอร์ ASIO ด้วย ดังนั้นคุณจะต้องติดตั้งไดรเวอร์ ASIO สำหรับอุปกรณ์ทั่วไป เช่น ASIO4ALL:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39
 msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถลองใช้ ASIO4ALL ได้สองเวอร์ชัน ASIO4ALL v2.14 ได้แก้ไขบั๊กที่อาจทำให้ฟังก์ชันอื่นๆ ทำงานผิดพลาดไป"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.15](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45
 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เว็บไซต์ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50
 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณอาจจะต้องลองผิดลองถูกเล็กน้อย ขึ้นอยู่กับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ หากทุกอย่างทำงานได้ตามปกติตั้งแต่แรก คุณก็ไม่จำเป็นต้องทำอะไรเพิ่มเติม"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**เคล็ดลับ:** ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณในขณะที่คุณ[เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) เพื่อฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรีหรือเสียงของคุณ และตรวจสอบว่าทุกอย่างถูกตั้งค่าอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ แต่อ่านเนื้อหาต่อไปนี้ให้จบก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55
 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ปิดแอปพลิเคชันทั้งหมด** (โดยเฉพาะแอปพลิเคชันที่สามารถเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณได้ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์/โปรแกรมเล่นเพลง) ASIO4ALL จำเป็นต้องเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณแบบเอกสิทธิ์เฉพาะ (exclusive) ซึ่งหมายความว่าโปรแกรมอื่นๆ จะไม่สามารถใช้เสียงได้ หาก ASIO4ALL และ Jamulus กำลังทำงานอยู่"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58
 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากเสียงของ Jamulus ไม่ทำงาน ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจใน ASIO4ALL ว่ามีเพียง**อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้อง**เท่านั้นที่**เปิดใช้งานอยู่** ส่วนอื่นๆ ควรปิดทั้งหมด ค้นหา[รายการการการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL ที่ใช้งานได้ของชุมชน](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) สำหรับการตั้งค่าของคุณ หรือลองตั้งค่าด้วยตัวเองหากคุณหาของคุณไม่พบ:"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือวิธีการตั้งค่าอินพุตใน ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่ _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (คอลัมน์ทางด้านซ้าย ใต้ตัวเลือกไดรเวอร์)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด _advanced view_ ใน ASIO4ALL (คลิกที่ไอคอนรูปเครื่องมือที่ด้านล่างขวา)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเฉพาะการ์ดเสียงที่คุณต้องการใช้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่มถัดจากชื่อ"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดดูอินพุต/เอาต์พุตของการ์ดเสียงของคุณโดยคลิกที่ _ไอคอนเครื่องหมายบวก_ ถัดจากการ์ดเสียงนี้"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67
 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ต่อไป เปิดใช้งานอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้องในรายการใต้การ์ดเสียงของคุณ และปิดส่วนอื่นๆ ทั้งหมด คุณสามารถเลื่อนเมาส์ไปวางเหนืออินพุต/เอาต์พุต เพื่อดูว่าเป็นอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุต และเช็คว่ามันรองรับ sample rate แบบ 48kHz (คุณภาพ DVD) ที่ Jamulus ต้องการหรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72
@@ -205,6 +210,10 @@ msgid ""
 "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n"
 "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"**คำแนะนำ:**\n"
+"1. ชื่อของอุปกรณ์เสียงที่ถูกต้องอาจจะไม่ชัดเจนเสมอไป การ์ดเสียงที่มากับเครื่องหลายตัวมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" หรือชื่ออื่นๆ ที่คล้ายกัน\n"
+"1. หูฟังและลำโพงมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"output\" และไมโครโฟนจะมีชื่อว่า \"input\" หรือ \"capture\"\n"
+"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input มักจะไม่ใช่อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่คุณต้องการ ดังนั้น ให้ปิดมันหากคุณเห็น\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73
@@ -215,35 +224,35 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76
 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากไม่มีอะไรได้ผล ให้ลองรีสตาร์ทโปรแกรม Jamulus และ/หรือ รีสตาร์ทเครื่องของคุณ เพื่อปิดโปรแกรมเบื้องหลังที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78
 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากนั้น *ให้ตั้งค่าอินพุต/เอาต์พุตอีกครั้ง* โดย ASIO4ALL จะแสดงอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่เปิดใช้งานได้ เป็นไอคอนปุ่มเปิดปิดและปุ่มเล่นที่มีไฟติด หากคุณเห็นเครื่องหมายกากบาทสีแดงหรือสัญลักษณ์สีเหลืองแทน ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ (เช่น เว็บเบราว์เซอร์, Zoom และอื่นๆ)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80
 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดู[วิดีโอนี้](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) โดย [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) ซึ่งจะให้ข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82
 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมอย่างเป็นทางการเกี่ยวกับวิธีการกำหนดค่า ASIO4ALL สามารถดูได้ที่ [ASIO4ALL FAQs บนเว็บไซต์ของ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86
 msgid "Take a look at"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From cc32a207d150b0bafbc3db7bc6ded3a057ffff19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 20:33:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 086/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.2% (35 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po | 66 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 8d3dc1d9f..4a5391b70 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,25 +43,25 @@ msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย"
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17
@@ -70,151 +70,153 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไปและวิธีแก้ไขปัญหาเมื่อใช้ Jamulus โปรดดูที่คู่มือ[การแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)**\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มี metronome การซิงโครไนซ์ หรือวิธีอื่นๆ ในการช่วยรักษาจังหวะหรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26
 msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่มี นักดนตรีบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus เล่นด้วยกันแบบเรียลไทม์เหมือนกับที่พวกเขาเล่นด้วยกันจริงๆ หากคุณต้องการสัญญาณบอกจังหวะ คุณสามารถหาเครื่องมือ metronome ออนไลน์ที่คุณสามารถลองใช้ร่วมกันได้ แต่ทางที่ดี ควรหาวิธีลด latency ให้น้อยที่สุด เพื่อไม่ให้ใครมี delay มากกว่า 30-50 มิลลิวินาที"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าผู้เข้าร่วมทุกคนควรปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ซึ่งจะเป็นตัวกำหนดว่าคุณสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้อย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจะทราบได้อย่างไรว่าฉันสามารถเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้หรือไม่? มีกฎไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32
 msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์อยู่บนหน้ารายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของ Jamulus แสดงว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นยอมรับให้ทุกคนสามารถเข้าเล่นได้ Jamulus ไม่มีระบบการป้องกันด้วยรหัสผ่านหรือกลไกการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์อื่นๆ แม้ว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจระบุเงื่อนไขการใช้งานไว้ในข้อความต้อนรับที่คุณจะเห็นในหน้าต่างแชท แต่ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เองไม่ได้มีส่วนเกี่ยวข้องใดๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ไม่จำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียนใน Directory เพื่อให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus เชื่อมต่อได้ ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์สามารถให้ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์แก่ผู้ที่ต้องการเล่นด้วยกันได้ จากนั้นพวกเขาก็สามารถเชื่อมต่อโดยตรงได้ ดู[หน้านี้สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรใช้อุปกรณ์ไร้สาย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การที่คุณจะสามารถเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้อย่างถูกจังหวะหรือไม่นั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับปัจจัยหลัก 2 อย่าง คือ latency (ดีเลย์) ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณ และการปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) โดยทั่วไปแล้ว delay ที่มากกว่า 50 ms มักจะทำให้เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้ยาก เว้นแต่ว่าคุณจะฝึกฝนตัวเองเป็นพิเศษ นักดนตรีบางคนรายงานว่าพวกเขาสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้แม้จะมี delay ถึง 70 ms โดยการเล่นนำจังหวะไปก่อน แต่มันจะเป็นเรื่องยากมากขึ้น หาก delay มากกว่านั้น เว้นแต่ว่าจังหวะจะไม่ใช่ปัจจัยสำคัญในเพลงนั้น หรือคุณแค่อยากฟังเฉยๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
 msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดังนั้น การลดต้นเหตุของดีเลย์หรือปัญหาอื่นๆ ที่อาจเกิดขึ้นกับสัญญาณเสียงจึงเป็นเรื่องที่ควรทำ แม้แต่ Wi-Fi ที่รวดเร็วก็มักจะไม่เสถียรพอที่จะใช้งานกับ Jamulus เป็นเวลานาน และหูฟัง Bluetooth กับไมโครโฟน Bluetooth มักจะมีดีเลย์ประมาณ 50 ms หรือมากกว่านั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรฟังสัญญาณเสียงของตัวเอง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ด้วยเหตุผลเดียวกับที่คุณต้องลดดีเลย์ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเพื่อให้เล่นได้ตรงจังหวะ คุณต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังเล่นกับเสียงของตัวเองที่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้ยิน ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับเรื่องนี้ และวิธีทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ปฏิบัติตาม “Golden Rule” นี้ [ได้ที่นี่](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46
 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แน่นอน หากคุณกำลังเล่นเครื่องดนตรีอะคูสติก หรือคุณเป็นนักร้อง การทำให้ไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณเองอาจทำได้ยาก แต่คุณควรพยายามลองทำดู เช่น การใช้หูฟังแบบครอบหู (closed-back) ที่ปรับระดับเสียงดังพอที่จะกลบเสียงของคุณเอง ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถจดจ่อกับเสียงมิกซ์ที่ส่งกลับมาหาคุณจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตความเร็วสูงหรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50
 msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งถ้าคุณไม่ได้เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อให้คนอื่นเข้ามาเล่น สิ่งที่สำคัญกว่า คือการมีค่า ping ที่ต่ำพอ คนส่วนใหญ่ที่ใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้านความเร็วมาตรฐาน (เช่น ดาวน์โหลด 10 Mbps และอัปโหลด 1 Mbps) จะไม่มีปัญหา ส่วนผู้ที่เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus โดยใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้าน คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากแบนด์วิดท์ _อัปโหลด_ ของคุณต่ำกว่าประมาณ 5 Mbps ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับจำนวนคนที่เข้าร่วม"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Do I need to run a Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54
 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น หากคุณแค่ต้องการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคนอื่น สิ่งที่คุณต้องมีก็คือโปรแกรมไคลเอนต์ Jamulus [อ่านตรงนี้หากคุณคิดว่าคุณจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นของตัวเอง](/wiki/Running-a-Server)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานอย่างไร (โดยทั่วไป)?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61
 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานบนหลักการของไคลเอนต์-เซิร์ฟเวอร์ เสียงของทุกคนจะถูกส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อมิกซ์เสียงและประมวลผลที่นั่น หลังจากนั้น เสียงจะถูกส่งกลับไปยังไคลเอนต์แต่ละคน หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ลงทะเบียนไว้ใน Directory ของ Jamulus ข้อมูลของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะถูกส่งไปยังไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมดที่ใช้ Directory นั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไม Jamulus ไม่รองรับวิดีโอ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65
 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเพิ่มการรองรับวิดีโอทำให้ระบบมีความซับซ้อนมากขึ้น คุณสามารถใช้ซอฟต์แวร์อื่นๆ เช่น Jitsi หรือ Zoom ได้ หากคุณต้องการเห็นหน้าคนอื่นๆ ขณะเล่น (หรือมี \"ผู้ชม\") แต่ภาพวิดีโอจะช้ากว่าเสียงจาก Jamulus อย่างมาก"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server FAQ"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทำไมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ลงทะเบียนแล้วไม่จำเป็นต้องทำ port forwarding?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72
 msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว network address translation (NAT) จะบล็อกสัญญาณขาเข้าที่มาจากภายนอกเครือข่ายท้องถิ่น สัญญาณจากข้างนอกจะเข้าถึงคอมพิวเตอร์ของเราได้เฉพาะเมื่อแพ็กเก็ตนั้นเกี่ยวข้องกับสัญญาณที่เราเคยส่งออกไปก่อนหน้านี้เท่านั้น (ในเชิงเทคนิค คือแพ็กเก็ตที่มีสถานะ “related” และ “established”) ในกรณีที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไว้ ตัวเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ของคุณจะเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อขาออกเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับ Directory จากนั้นเป็นต้นไป ตัว Directory จะส่งสัญญาณ “ping” (ที่มีสถานะ established/related) (ไม่ใช่ ICMP ping) กลับมายังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณเป็นระยะๆ เพื่อให้พอร์ตที่เกี่ยวข้องยังคงเปิดอยู่บนเราเตอร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73
 msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อย่างไรก็ตาม ในกรณีของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายจะต้องเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อกับเครือข่ายของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ แต่ระบบ NAT ที่อยู่ภายในเราเตอร์อาจจะป้องกันสิ่งนี้ ดังนั้นคุณจึงต้องกำหนดค่าในเราเตอร์ของคุณเพื่ออนุญาตคำขอการเชื่อมต่อขาเข้าบนพอร์ต Jamulus โดยการตั้งค่า port forwarding"

From 88e010796a57c66761773625380ee00fa3cabe9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 21:10:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 087/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 26.7% (15 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
---
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 107 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 56 insertions(+), 51 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 8ad05c5b2..c758fd824 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Client Troubleshooting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหาไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา"
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid " {:.no_toc}\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<details markdown=\"1\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<summary>Table of contents</summary>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<summary>สารบัญ</summary>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17
@@ -70,248 +70,250 @@ msgid ""
 "* TOC\n"
 " {:toc}\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* TOC\n"
+" {:toc}\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่ได้ยินเสียง/คนอื่นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23
 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เริ่มจากเบสิคก่อน: ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเครื่องดนตรี/ไมโครโฟนและหูฟังของคุณเชื่อมต่อกับช่องเสียบที่ถูกต้อง ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์ วิดีโอคอล ฯลฯ ที่กำลังใช้งานการ์ดเสียงของคุณอยู่ คุณควรปิดแอปพลิเคชันเหล่านั้นขณะใช้งาน Jamulus หากมีปัญหาอยู่ แสดงว่าการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจมีปัญหา ซึ่งจะขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ (แพลตฟอร์ม ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และไดรเวอร์) ดังนั้น ทางที่ดีควรสอบถามดูใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) เพื่อขอคำแนะนำ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ผู้ใช้ Windows (ASIO4ALL)**: หากคุณกำลังใช้ไดรเวอร์ ASIO4ALL ให้ดูที่[ส่วนการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นหูฟังหรือไมโครโฟนที่คุณเพิ่งเชื่อมต่อกับ PC ของคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29
 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ให้รีสตาร์ท Jamulus หนึ่งครั้งโดยที่ยังคงเสียบอุปกรณ์ของคุณอยู่ เนื่องจากในตอนนี้ Jamulus ยังไม่สามารถแสดงอุปกรณ์ที่ถูกเสียบหลังจากที่เปิดแอพพลิเคชันได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Your sound is stuttering"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เสียงของคุณกระตุก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองเลือกขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่ขึ้นในการตั้งค่าของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่หมายถึงค่า latency ที่สูงขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้เข้ากันยาก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ ให้ได้มากที่สุด สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (โดยสมมติว่าทุกคนมีค่า latency ต่ำพอสมควร) โปรดทราบว่า หากนักดนตรีหนึ่งคนหรือมากกว่านั้นไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะเล่นหรือร้องเพลงช้าลง\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถทดสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ยินสัญญาณเสียงอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ โดยทำตามขั้นตอนต่อไปนี้:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 มิลลิวินาที)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus แต่จะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/แถบเลื่อนของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ทางด้านซ้าย)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Clap your hands again."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตบมืออีกครั้ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตามกฎข้อที่หนึ่ง คุณได้เปิดใช้งานเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดใช้งาน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีที่คุณจะหลีกเลี่ยงการฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเองนั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ เช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟส มิกเซอร์ จุดเชื่อมต่อหูฟัง ฯลฯ ตัวอย่างเช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสบางรุ่นมีปุ่ม \"monitor\" (ให้ปิดปุ่มนี้) หรือตัวเลือกที่คล้ายกัน **หากคุณยังคงประสบปัญหา** ลองสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า แม้ว่าการฟังสัญญาณของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะทำให้มั่นใจได้ว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ แต่คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากค่า latency โดยรวมของคุณ (แสดงด้วยไฟ \"Delay\" ใน Jamulus) ไม่เป็นสีเขียวหรืออย่างน้อยก็เป็นสีเหลืองเกือบตลอดเวลา ศึกษา[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual) เพื่อทำความเข้าใจวิธีปรับการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อช่วยแก้ไขปัญหานี้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าไมโครโฟนไม่ได้?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไฟ LED ของบัฟเฟอร์เปลี่ยนเป็นสีแดงกะทันหัน เสียงขาดๆ หายๆ มีอาการ [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter) หรือมีเสียงแปลกๆ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า การตั้งค่า reverb ใน Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้น หากคุณใส่ reverb มาก"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ค่า ping time และ latency เริ่มต้นดี แต่แย่ลงเรื่อยๆ จนทำให้เกิดปัญหา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีอย่างอื่นที่กำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ของพวกเขา และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [รายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ อีกมากมาย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโออย่างง่ายไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและน่าเชื่อถือกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ!) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีคนเข้าร่วมแจมของคุณและเสียงดังเกินไป?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70
 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่า \"New Client Level\" เป็นค่าต่ำๆ ได้ (เช่น 10) หรือตั้งค่าให้นักดนตรีที่คุณกำลังเล่นด้วยอยู่ในสถานะ \"Solo\" (ในแผงมิกเซอร์ทางด้านขวา) วิธีนี้จะทำให้ผู้เข้าร่วมใหม่เสียงเบามาก หรือคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขาเลย"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไม่เห็นรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์เลย?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่า Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดไว้หรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
 msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในบางกรณี ISP ของคุณอาจบล็อกการใช้งาน Jamulus ของคุณอยู่ ดูหมายเหตุใน[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) เกี่ยวกับ \"ไม่มีใครสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของฉันได้\""
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดว่าไม่สามารถเปิด \"Jamulus\" ได้เนื่องจากไม่สามารถยืนยันตัวตนผู้พัฒนาได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือบิลด์รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
 msgid "To open Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีเปิด Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ Applications ผ่าน Finder"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดับเบิลคลิกที่ Jamulus แล้วรอจนกว่าข้อความที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้นจะปรากฏขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปิดข้อความนี้โดยคลิกที่ \"Cancel\""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากนั้นคลิก Control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือก \"Open\" จากด้านบนของเมนู"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่ต่างกันเล็กน้อย ซึ่งจะอนุญาตให้คุณคลิก \"Open\" ได้ หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีปัญหาในการใช้ Garageband (หรือ DAW อื่นๆ) กับ Jamulus?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97
 msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดู[การสนทนานี้ในฟอรัม](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ใช้ Mac อยู่และไม่ได้ยินเสียงอินพุตของคุณ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101
 msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(ขอขอบคุณ [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105
@@ -321,8 +323,11 @@ msgid ""
 "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n"
 "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n"
 msgstr ""
+"คุณอาจไม่ได้ตอบ \"ใช่\" เมื่อ `\"Jamulus ต้องการเข้าถึงไมโครโฟนของคุณ\"`  วิธีแก้ไข:\n"
+"* ไปที่ `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > แท็บ `Privacy`\n"
+"* ค้นหา `Microphone` ทางด้านซ้าย จากนั้นตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า `Jamulus` ถูกเปิดใช้งานอยู่ในรายการทางด้านขวา\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สำหรับปัญหาอื่นๆ โปรดค้นหาหรือโพสต์ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"

From 7367c1273f4a80ae6f0e1fec05da24e98b71464a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:56:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 088/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 26.3% (5 of 19 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index 0bec74489..e9d37bbef 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16
 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "All installed?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38
@@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39
 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}"

From d11b816a36d639d543527add4951a92476b38971 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 21:18:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 089/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 96.4% (54 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
---
 .../po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po           | 36 +++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index c758fd824..3ade35701 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 22:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -116,19 +116,19 @@ msgstr "เสียงของคุณกระตุก"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33
 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency."
-msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองเลือกขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่ขึ้นในการตั้งค่าของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากขนาดบัฟเฟอร์ที่ใหญ่หมายถึงค่า latency ที่สูงขึ้น"
+msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับ buffer size ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองปรับ buffer size ให้ใหญ่ขึ้นในหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากยิ่งบัฟเฟอร์ใหญ่ดีเลย์ก็ยิ่งเยอะ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together"
-msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้เข้ากันยาก"
+msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกันยาก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n"
-msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ ให้ได้มากที่สุด สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (โดยสมมติว่าทุกคนมีค่า latency ต่ำพอสมควร) โปรดทราบว่า หากนักดนตรีหนึ่งคนหรือมากกว่านั้นไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะเล่นหรือร้องเพลงช้าลง\n"
+msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (หากทุกคนมีค่า latency ที่ต่ำพอ) โปรดทราบว่า หากมีนักดนตรีที่ไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะทำให้ดนตรีช้าลงเรื่อยๆ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39
@@ -138,17 +138,17 @@ msgstr "คุณสามารถทดสอบได้ว่าคุณไ
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)"
-msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 มิลลิวินาที)"
+msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 ms)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed."
-msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus แต่จะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
+msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ แต่เสียงนั้นควรจะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '3. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)."
-msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/แถบเลื่อนของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ทางด้านซ้าย)"
+msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ที่ทางด้านซ้าย)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '4. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "ตบมืออีกครั้ง"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46
 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it."
-msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตามกฎข้อที่หนึ่ง คุณได้เปิดใช้งานเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดใช้งาน"
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตาม Golden Rule — คุณกำลังฟังเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดมัน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgstr "ตั้งค่าไมโครโฟนไม่ได้?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54
 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied."
-msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
+msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถเลือกใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "ไฟ LED ของบัฟเฟอร์เปลี่ยนเป
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58
 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have."
-msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า การตั้งค่า reverb ใน Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้น หากคุณใส่ reverb มาก"
+msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า ยิ่งตั้งค่า reverb ไว้ฉ่ำเท่าไหร่ Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้นเท่านั้น"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59
@@ -201,18 +201,18 @@ msgstr "ค่า ping time และ latency เริ่มต้นดี แ
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62
 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)."
-msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีอย่างอื่นที่กำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ของพวกเขา และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [รายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
+msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีบางสิ่งกำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณอยู่ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [ดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?"
-msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ อีกมากมาย?"
+msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ?"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66
 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast."
-msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโออย่างง่ายไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและน่าเชื่อถือกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ!) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับการกำหนดค่าเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
+msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโอไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและโอกาสตั้งค่าผิดพลาดน้อยกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับเซ็ตอัพเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "ไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณ
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74
 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it."
-msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
+msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "ไม่เห็นรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78
 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not."
-msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่า Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดไว้หรือไม่"
+msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่าของ Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดมันไว้หรือไม่"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "ได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพ
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84
 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened."
-msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือบิลด์รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
+msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือ build รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86
@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ msgstr "ปิดข้อความนี้โดยคลิกที่ \"
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91
 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu."
-msgstr "จากนั้นคลิก Control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือก \"Open\" จากด้านบนของเมนู"
+msgstr "จากนั้นกดปุ่ม control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือกตัวเลือก \"Open\" ที่อยู่ด้านบนของเมนู"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93
 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)."
-msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่ต่างกันเล็กน้อย ซึ่งจะอนุญาตให้คุณคลิก \"Open\" ได้ หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
+msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่มีจุดต่างกันเล็กน้อย รอบนี้จะมีปุ่ม \"Open\" ให้คลิก หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94

From ca897b5f90822203be448f2b1509afb159970475 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 08:18:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 090/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.7% (3 of 16 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Directories.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
index 8b3ddb292..f679b8efa 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Directories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9

From c9b0c7dfdf2409de34c7792d2e532c814596557d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 091/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 25.0% (7 of 28 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
index c3c5045aa..64be43717 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16

From a2235c51ecad7038940fe30a6056f3998a419ac0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 092/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (14 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po        | 18 +++++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index dd15e0409..2bae2ca09 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for macOS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน macOS"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15
@@ -69,17 +69,21 @@ msgid ""
 "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n"
 "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n"
+" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n"
+"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: เปิดไฟล์ `.dmg` ที่ดาวน์โหลดมา ยอมรับข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งาน *ลากและวาง* ไอคอนทั้งหมดที่คุณเห็นในหน้าต่าง (Jamulus Client และ Server) ลงใน *โฟลเดอร์ Applications* หลังจากนั้น คุณสามารถปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้\n"
+"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24
 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_คุณสามารถลบโฟลเดอร์ในไดเร็กทอรี Downloads ที่มีไฟล์ `.dmg` อยู่ และนำไดรฟ์ \"Jamulus\" ออกจากเดสก์ท็อปของคุณได้ เนื่องจากไม่จำเป็นต้องใช้แล้ว_"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หมายเหตุ:** คุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27
@@ -90,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30
 msgid "Take a look at the"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31

From 21a4fa145aac9eb89b7dda779e96e33746ae00e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:15:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 093/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 95.9% (47 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
---
 .../po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po           | 86 ++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 44 insertions(+), 42 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
index e3da7cdcd..d3b927f60 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installation for Linux"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Linux"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13
@@ -59,185 +59,185 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน?** คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์?** อ่าน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Running-a-Server) ก่อน\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Debian and Ubuntu"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Debian และ Ubuntu"
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ใช้ Repository อย่างเป็นทางการ (แนะนำ)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25
 msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เรามี repository สำหรับ Debian และ Ubuntu ที่ช่วยให้คุณสามารถอัปเดตโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้โดยอัตโนมัติพร้อมกับการอัปเดตระบบอื่นๆ วิธีการใช้ repository:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*เฉพาะ Ubuntu* - เปิดใช้งาน repository \"universe\" ของ Ubuntu (คุณสามารถใช้ [เปิดใช้งานผ่าน GUI](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) หรือ [เปิดใช้งานด้วยคำสั่งใน Terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดสคริปต์ตั้งค่า repository:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าให้สคริปต์สามารถรันได้:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รันสคริปต์ตั้งค่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus:\\\\"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n"
 
 #. type: Title ####
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Installing the .deb files manually"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ติดตั้งไฟล์ .deb ด้วยตนเอง"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus สำหรับสถาปัตยกรรมของคุณ: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) หรือ [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อัปเดต apt โดยเปิดหน้าต่าง Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T) แล้วพิมพ์: `sudo apt-get update`"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ที่คุณดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ติดตั้งไว้ จากนั้นดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ หรือใช้คำสั่ง: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (หรือสำหรับ Raspberry Pi ฯลฯ ตามข้างต้น)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48
 msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณสามารถลบไฟล์และปิดหน้าต่างคอนโซลได้"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**การอัปเกรด:** หากคุณต้องการอัปเกรด Jamulus เป็นเวอร์ชันที่ใหม่กว่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus ด้วยตนเอง เพียงดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ .deb ใหม่ แล้วติดตั้งใหม่อีกครั้งตามขั้นตอนข้างต้น\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Other distributions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54
 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "สำหรับตัวติดตั้งบนดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ ให้ดูที่ตัวจัดการแพ็กเกจของดิสทริบิวชันนั้นๆ และ [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions) หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณไม่มี Jamulus เวอร์ชันล่าสุด คุณสามารถ[คอมไพล์ Jamulus จากซอร์สโค้ด](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md) ได้ และลองดู[สคริปต์การติดตั้ง](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) ที่ผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ สร้างขึ้น"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Set up your hardware"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จำเป็นต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ที่กำลังทำงานอยู่จึงจะเริ่มทำงานได้ คุณต้องตรวจสอบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์เสียงแบบ low-latency สำหรับดิสทริบิวชันของคุณคือตัวไหน  - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl)  - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ PipeWire ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การกำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64
 msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีที่แนะนำสำหรับการรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) คือการใช้ `QjackCtl`"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิด QjackCtl ขึ้นมา คุณจะเห็น **Qt JACK Control utility main page**"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '2. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67
 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "กำหนดค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณดังนี้:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Interface** เสียง ให้ตรงกับอุปกรณ์ที่คุณต้องการใช้ (อาจมีหลายตัวเลือกในรายการ ให้เลือกอันที่ถูกต้อง เพราะระหว่างที่ Jamulus และ JACK ทำงานคุณจะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงการตั้งค่านี้ได้)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Sample Rate เป็น 48000**"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71
 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Frames/Period เป็น 128** และ **Periods/Buffer เป็น 2** ในตอนแรก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73
 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รีสตาร์ท JACK เพื่อให้การตั้งค่าใหม่มีผล จากนั้นไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Configure PipeWire"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การกำหนดค่า PipeWire"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79
 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust.  You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand.  You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PipeWire มีเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK เป็นของตัวเอง เมื่อคุณเปิดไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ตัว PipeWire จะรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK โดยอัตโนมัติ อย่างไรก็ตาม มีพารามิเตอร์บางอย่างที่ต้องปรับแต่ง  คุณต้องตั้งค่าออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณเป็นโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" และกำหนดค่าพารามิเตอร์ \"rate\" และ \"quantum\" ของ PipeWire ไว้ล่วงหน้า  คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการกำหนดค่าได้ใน [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab.  2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "วิธีตั้งค่าระบบของคุณ: 1. เปิด `pavucontrol` (โปรแกรมมิกซ์เสียง) แล้วเลือกโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" สำหรับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณในแท็บการกำหนดค่า  2. ใน Terminal ให้ใช้คำสั่งสองคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อบังคับค่า rate และ quantum ของ PipeWire:"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (bash)
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83
@@ -246,27 +246,29 @@ msgid ""
 "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n"
 "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n"
 msgstr ""
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n"
+"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากนั้น ไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Start Jamulus"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เริ่ม Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92
 msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หลังจากกำหนดค่า JACK หรือ PipeWire เสร็จแล้ว ให้เปิด Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94
 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณมีปัญหาใดๆ ให้ตรวจสอบ [หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](Client-Troubleshooting) ก่อน"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95
@@ -277,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98
 msgid "Take a look at the"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ลองดูหน้า"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99

From a2f05bfc1d2ebf95f5987df3758340001dad41c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 12:17:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 094/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 142 +++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+), 69 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 1468a53fb..61b36f4bc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11
 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คู่มือนี้จัดทำขึ้นเพื่ออธิบายการใช้งานตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus สำหรับนักดนตรีและนักร้องที่ใช้ซอฟต์แวร์นี้เพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Main Window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่างหลัก"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28
@@ -93,12 +93,16 @@ msgid ""
 "\t<figcaption>Your local mix when connected to a Server</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
+"<figure>\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
+"\t<figcaption>หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ของคุณเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
+"</figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ping, Delay และ Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
@@ -110,108 +114,108 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Delay** แสดงค่า latency โดยรวม ซึ่งคำนวณจากค่า ping time ล่าสุด รวมกับดีเลย์ที่เกิดจากการตั้งค่า audio buffer โดยสัญญาณไฟ LED จะแสดงสถานะดังนี้:\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีเขียว** - ค่า delay เหมาะสมที่สุดสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีเหลือง** - ยังสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ แต่การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะอาจจะยากขึ้น\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**สีแดง** - ค่า delay สูงเกินไปสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Jitter** แสดงสถานะปัจจุบันของการสตรีมเสียง หากสัญญาณไฟเป็น **สีแดง** แสดงว่าการสตรีมเสียงถูกขัดจังหวะ ซึ่งอาจเกิดจากปัญหาใดปัญหาหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "network jitter buffer มีขนาดเล็กเกินไปสำหรับเครือข่ายหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสที่คุณใช้อยู่"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "buffer delay (buffer size) ของการ์ดเสียงมีขนาดเล็กเกินไป (ดูหน้าต่าง Settings)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรแกรมกำลังพยายามถ่ายโอนข้อมูล (อัปโหลดหรือดาวน์โหลด) ในอัตราที่สูงเกินกว่าอินเทอร์เน็ตแบนด์วิดท์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53
 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CPU ของไคลเอนต์หรือเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทำงานอยู่ที่ 100%"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "อินพุต"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58
 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input.  Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "แสดงระดับเสียงของช่องสเตอริโอทั้งสองช่องสำหรับอินพุตเสียงของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าสัญญาณอินพุตไม่ดังเกินไปจนเกิดการ clipping เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงอาการเสียงแตก (ไฟ LED อันบนสุดจะขึ้นสีแดงเมื่อเกิดการ clipping)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute Myself button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute Myself"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62
 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตัดการสตรีมเสียงของคุณไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อให้คุณสามารถได้ยินเสียงตัวเองและเห็นระดับเสียงอินพุตของคุณเองได้ แต่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่ได้ยิน โปรดทราบว่านักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเองอยู่"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Reverb effect"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เอฟเฟกต์ Reverb"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69
 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode.  The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เพิ่ม reverb ให้กับช่องสัญญาณเสียงโมโนของคุณ หรือทั้งสองช่องสัญญาณในโหมดสเตอริโอ คุณสามารถปรับแต่งการเลือกช่องสัญญาณโมโนและระดับ reverb ได้ ตัวอย่างเช่น หากสัญญาณไมโครโฟนถูกป้อนเข้าไปในช่องสัญญาณเสียงด้านขวา และต้องการใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ให้ตั้งค่าตัวเลือกช่องสัญญาณเป็น Right และเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ขึ้นจนกว่าจะถึงระดับ reverb ที่ต้องการ"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
@@ -222,70 +226,70 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Connect/disconnect button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่มเชื่อมต่อ/ยกเลิกการเชื่อมต่อ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81
 msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session.  You can also open the dialogue using \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อเชื่อมต่อได้ หากคุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ การกดปุ่มนี้จะเป็นการตัดการเชื่อมต่อ คุณยังสามารถเปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้โดยเลือกเมนู \"File&gt;Connection Setup...\" ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถดูรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ โดยยังคงเชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ปัจจุบัน จนกว่าคุณจะย้ายไปเซิร์ฟเวอร์อื่น"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
 msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location.  Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าต่าง Connection Setup จะแสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ใช้งานได้ พร้อมกับ \"ระยะทาง\" (ในแง่ของ ping time) จำนวนผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบัน จำนวนผู้ใช้งานสูงสุดที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์รองรับ และตำแหน่งที่ตั้งของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ โดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่อยู่ในรายชื่อนี้มาแล้วนานกว่า 24 ชั่วโมงติดต่อกัน จะแสดงเป็นตัวหนา"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88
 msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คลิกที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม แล้วกดปุ่ม Connect เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ หรือดับเบิลคลิกที่ชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92
 msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre.  You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character.  If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะลงทะเบียนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของตนกับ Directory บางอันเปิดไว้สำหรับบางแนวเพลงโดยเฉพาะ บางอันจะเปิดสำหรับทุกแนวเพลง (any genre) และอาจมี [custom entries](#custom-directories) เพิ่มเติมหากได้ตั้งค่าไว้ คุณสามารถเปลี่ยน Directory โดยเลือก genre ที่กล่องด้านบน คุณสามารถกรองรายชื่อตามชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือตำแหน่ง หากต้องการแสดงเฉพาะเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีคนใช้งานอยู่ ให้ป้อนอักขระ \"#\" หากคุณเลือก \"Show All Musicians\" จะมีการแสดงรายชื่อผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบันด้วย"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98
 msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field.  An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`.  (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.)  The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses.  The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณทราบ IP address หรือ URL ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ส่วนตัว คุณสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นได้โดยใส่ในช่อง Server Name/Address คุณสามารถเพิ่มหมายเลขพอร์ตต่อท้าย address ได้ โดยใช้เครื่องหมายโคลอนเป็นตัวคั่น เช่น `jamulus.example.com:22124` (โปรดทราบว่า IP address แบบ IPv6 ต้องอยู่ในวงเล็บก้ามปู เช่น `[::1]:22124`) ช่องนี้จะแสดงรายชื่อ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เพิ่งใช้งานล่าสุด ปุ่มที่อยู่ถัดจากช่องนี้ช่วยให้คุณสามารถลบรายการปัจจุบันออกจากรายชื่อได้"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server audio mixer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself).  The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ จะแสดงผู้ใช้แต่ละคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (รวมถึงตัวคุณเอง) คุณสามารถใช้เฟดเดอร์เพื่อปรับระดับเสียงที่คุณจะได้ยิน โดยไม่ส่งผลกระทบต่อเสียงที่คนอื่นได้ยิน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107
 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "VU meter แสดงระดับเสียงอินพุตที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้รับ นั่นคือเสียงที่กำลังถูกส่ง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109
 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณตั้งค่า Audio Channel เป็น Stereo หรือ Stereo Out ใน Settings คุณจะเห็นตัวควบคุม pan (กด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกเพื่อรีเซ็ต)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111
 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณเห็นไอคอน \"mute\" แสดงเหนือผู้ใช้ แสดงว่าบุคคลนั้นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ อาจเป็นเพราะพวกเขาปิดเสียงคุณ หรือตั้งค่า Solo ให้กับผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ โดยที่ไม่ได้รวมคุณไว้ด้วย หรือตั้งค่าเฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกซ์ของพวกเขาไว้ที่ตำแหน่งล่างสุด"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
@@ -300,45 +304,45 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์เปิดใช้งานระบบบันทึกเสียง คุณจะเห็นข้อความเหนือมิกเซอร์ที่ระบุว่ากำลังมีการบันทึกเสียงของคุณอยู่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Grp button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Grp"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124
 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "คุณสามารถจัดกลุ่มผู้ใช้เข้าด้วยกันได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม \"group\" การเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ของสมาชิกคนใดคนหนึ่งในกลุ่ม จะเป็นการเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์อื่นๆ ในกลุ่มนั้นด้วยในปริมาณที่เท่ากัน คุณสามารถแยกช่องสัญญาณออกจากกลุ่มได้ชั่วคราวโดยกด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกลาก คุณสามารถกำหนดกลุ่มได้สูงสุด 8 กลุ่ม"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mute button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128
 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปิดเสียงช่องนั้นในมิกซ์ของคุณ โปรดทราบว่า เมื่อคุณปิดเสียงใครบางคน พวกเขาจะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ เพื่อระบุว่าคุณไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขา และโปรดทราบว่า คุณจะยังคงเห็น VU meter ของพวกเขาขยับอยู่เมื่อเขาส่งเสียงไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตำแหน่งเฟดเดอร์ของคุณสำหรับพวกเขาก็จะไม่ได้รับผลกระทบเช่นกัน"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณ**เอง** หมายความว่าคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ซึ่งไม่แนะนำให้ทำ เพราะอาจทำให้คุณเล่นไม่ตรงจังหวะกับผู้เล่นคนอื่นๆ) ดังนั้น การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณเอง จึงไม่เหมือนกับการใช้คำสั่ง \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Solo button"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ปุ่ม Solo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134
 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ช่วยให้คุณสามารถฟังเฉพาะเสียงของผู้ใช้หนึ่งคนหรือหลายคนได้ ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะถูกปิดเสียง และโปรดทราบว่า ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135
@@ -503,125 +507,125 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202
 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากคุณได้ตั้งค่า Instrument และ/หรือ Country/Region ไอคอนสำหรับสิ่งที่คุณเลือกเหล่านี้จะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณด้วย การตั้งค่า skill จะเปลี่ยนสีพื้นหลังของแท็กเฟดเดอร์ และรายการ City จะแสดงใน tooltip เมื่อเอาเมาส์จ่อไว้ที่ป้ายชื่อบนเฟดเดอร์:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Skin"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Skin"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208
 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เลือกใช้ skin กับหน้าต่างหลัก ซึ่ง skin บางแบบได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อรองรับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Meter style"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "รูปแบบ Meter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212
 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปลี่ยนรูปแบบของ audio meter โดยไม่ขึ้นกับ skin ที่เลือก"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Mixer rows"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mixer rows"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216
 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ตั้งค่าจำนวนแถวที่แสดงในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สำหรับใช้กับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Alerts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio Alerts"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220
 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเสียงแจ้งเตือนเมื่อมีคนเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือเมื่อได้รับข้อความแชทใหม่"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio/Network Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio/Network Setup"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio Device"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229
 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ในระบบปฏิบัติการ Windows คุณสามารถเลือกไดรเวอร์ ASIO (การ์ดเสียง) ที่จะใช้กับ Jamulus ได้ หากไดรเวอร์ ASIO ที่เลือกไม่ถูกต้อง จะมีข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดปรากฏขึ้น และไดรเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องก่อนหน้านี้จะถูกเลือก ใน macOS คุณสามารถเลือกฮาร์ดแวร์อินพุตและเอาต์พุตได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Input/output channel mapping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Input/output channel mapping"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237
 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel)  a different actual sound card channel can be selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "หากอุปกรณ์การ์ดเสียงที่เลือกมีช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุตมากกว่าหนึ่งช่อง การตั้งค่า _Input Channel Mapping และ Output Channel Mapping_ จะปรากฏขึ้น คุณสามารถเลือกช่องสัญญาณการ์ดเสียงที่แตกต่างกันสำหรับช่องสัญญาณอินพุต/เอาต์พุต Jamulus แต่ละช่อง (ช่องสัญญาณซ้ายและขวา) ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio channels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audio channels"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เลือกจำนวนช่องสัญญาณเสียงที่จะใช้สำหรับการสื่อสารระหว่างไคลเอนต์และเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**หมายเหตุ**: การรันไคลเอนต์แยกกันสำหรับแต่ละเสียง/เครื่องดนตรี โดยที่ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายมีไฟล์ ini ของตัวเอง จะดีกว่าการใช้ไคลเอนต์ตัวเดียวแล้วมิกซ์เสียงโมโนคู่เป็นสเตอริโอ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245
 msgid "There are three modes available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "มีสามโหมดให้เลือก:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โหมด **Mono** และ **Stereo** ใช้ช่องสัญญาณเสียงหนึ่งช่องและสองช่องตามลำดับ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250
@@ -629,12 +633,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n"
 "the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: สัญญาณเสียงที่ส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นแบบโมโน แต่สัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ ซึ่งมีประโยชน์หากการ์ดเสียงมีเครื่องดนตรีอยู่ที่ช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหนึ่งช่อง และไมโครโฟนอยู่ที่อีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่ง ในกรณีนี้ สัญญาณอินพุตทั้งสองสามารถมิกซ์เป็นช่องสัญญาณโมโนช่องเดียวได้ แต่เสียงมิกซ์จากเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะได้ยินเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253
 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การเปิดใช้งานโหมดสเตอริโอจะเพิ่มอัตราการส่งข้อมูลของสตรีมของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอัตราการอัปโหลดของคุณไม่เกินความเร็วในการอัปโหลดของการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256

From 81c706f7082f8edc1c5d7b7b74de14944716bf91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 08:06:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 095/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 96.1% (25 of 26 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Privacy-Statement
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/privacy-statement/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po | 48 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
index c045a1b48..8953b4590 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1
-#, no-wrap
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus – คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8
@@ -49,112 +49,112 @@ msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**เอกสารนี้ (ฉบับภาษาอังกฤษ) เป็นคำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัวอย่างเป็นทางการสำหรับซอฟต์แวร์_เวอร์ชันปัจจุบัน_ ที่มีอยู่ในเว็บไซต์นี้ ซอฟต์แวร์เวอร์ชันก่อนหน้า และคำแปลนโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวที่ไม่ใช่ภาษาอังกฤษ อาจมีประเด็นที่แตกต่างกันซึ่งไม่สามารถใช้ได้หรือไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนอีกต่อไป**\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Definition of Terms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ความหมายของคำศัพท์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**เซิร์ฟเวอร์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ทำงานเป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อรับการเชื่อมต่อจากไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**ไคลเอนต์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ใช้ในการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18
 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"**Directory**\" เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ที่ทำหน้าที่ส่งรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ต่างๆ ให้แก่ไคลเอนต์"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus.io Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เว็บไซต์ Jamulus.io"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22
 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เว็บไซต์ที่ [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) ใช้ GitHub Pages เป็นผู้ให้บริการ โดยทีมงาน Jamulus ไม่ได้สร้างเว็บไซต์ให้มีการใช้งาน tracking cookies แต่โปรดดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) ของ Github สำหรับข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมข้อมูลและความเป็นส่วนตัวโดยรวม คลังความรู้ของชุมชนใช้ [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) สำหรับการสนทนาและแสดงความคิดเห็น คุณสามารถดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวของ giscus ได้บน GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Software"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26
 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์โอเพนซอร์สที่ทุกคนสามารถแก้ไขได้ ดังนั้น โครงการ Jamulus จึงไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับความเป็นส่วนตัว การรวบรวมข้อมูล หรือความปลอดภัยเกี่ยวกับการใช้งานซอฟต์แวร์ของคุณ"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "General Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ข้อมูลทั่วไป"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30
 msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ภายใต้การใช้งานปกติ กับซอฟต์แวร์ที่ดาวน์โหลดจากเว็บไซต์นี้ที่ไม่ได้มีการดัดแปลง ข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณจะถูกแลกเปลี่ยนกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อ เพื่อนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน และบุคคลที่สาม (รวมถึง Directory) ที่ใช้โปรโตคอล Jamulus ข้อมูลนี้จำกัดเฉพาะชื่อ Jamulus เมือง ประเทศ เครื่องดนตรี และระดับทักษะของคุณตามที่คุณได้ตั้งค่าไว้ในโปรไฟล์ของคุณ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อจะสามารถเข้าถึงที่อยู่อินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ (ที่อยู่ IP) ได้ เนื่องจากจำเป็นสำหรับการทำงานของซอฟต์แวร์ แต่ข้อมูลนี้จะไม่ถูกแชร์กับเพื่อนในเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกันหรือบุคคลที่สาม"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32
 msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การสื่อสารทั้งหมดระหว่างไคลเอนต์ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Directory และผู้ใช้โปรโตคอลบุคคลที่สามจะถูกส่งโดยไม่มีการเข้ารหัส"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Jamulus Servers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36
 msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ไม่ว่าจะโดยตรงหรือผ่าน Directory ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นๆ จะเป็นผู้รับผิดชอบนโยบายการดำเนินงาน นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว และนโยบายการใช้ข้อมูล แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้น เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อมูลการเชื่อมต่อหรือข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณ แต่เซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจถูกดัดแปลงให้ทำเช่นนั้น ดังนั้น คุณจึงไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลโปรไฟล์หรือ IP address ของคุณจะเป็นส่วนตัว"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Chat Exchanges"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การสนทนาผ่าน Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40
 msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chat คือข้อความที่สามารถแลกเปลี่ยนกันระหว่างไคลเอนต์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน ทุกคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะเห็นข้อความทั้งหมดใน Chat และคุณไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลที่ส่งผ่านฟังก์ชัน Chat ของ Jamulus จะเป็นส่วนตัว แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้นแล้ว เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อความใน Chat แต่บางเซิร์ฟเวอร์อาจถูกดัดแปลงให้บันทึกข้อมูลใน Chat ได้"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Audio Recordings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "การบันทึกเสียง"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44
 msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะแสดงข้อความแจ้งเตือนหากมีการเปิดใช้งานการบันทึกเสียง การบันทึกเสียงของแต่ละแชนแนลจะถูกจัดเก็บโดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ และควบคุมโดยผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46
 msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ผู้ใช้งานไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สามารถโปรแกรมอื่นๆ เพื่อบันทึกสัญญาณเสียงที่ออกมาจากโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้ ซึ่งอาจไม่ได้มีการแจ้งให้ทราบหรือมีข้อบ่งชี้ใดๆ ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เอง ไม่สามารถตรวจจับหรือควบคุมสถานการณ์เหล่านี้ได้ และไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ เกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมหรือการใช้ข้อมูลการบันทึกดังกล่าว"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Directories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49
 msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directory คือจุดศูนย์กลางสำหรับค้นหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จะมาพร้อมกับรายชื่อ Directory ที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้า เพื่ออำนวยความสะดวกของผู้ใช้ โดย Directory เหล่านี้ดำเนินการอย่างอิสระ แต่จะใช้ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus เวอร์ชันที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลง หากคุณไม่ต้องการส่งข้อมูลของคุณไปยัง Directory คุณจะต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยตรง"

From 2425346370ccbf40c3459657564336163e8e4ad1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:17:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 096/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 09f065979..0a940c16f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Windows"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13

From 89704e7b3c66128a175abd68bb60d5cad15ddeae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 07:27:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 097/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 36.8% (7 of 19 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
index e9d37bbef..79bbb947e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9
 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
-msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
+msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14
 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16

From fd3ea63be557d727989f66982b2e0412d201b72f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:57:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 098/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 14 +++++---------
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 20761c419..83e0d49ee 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # Julien Taverna <jujudusud@gmail.com>, 2023.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 
@@ -171,10 +171,8 @@ msgstr "La manière exacte dont vous éviterez d'écouter votre signal direct d
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this."
-msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème."
+msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51
@@ -335,10 +333,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
-msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)"
+msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""

From 8e98e42d4f13ce17aed741926ad8b20230a7ebad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:55:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 099/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po | 10 ++++------
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
index 293f858b7..bb6114c36 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
 # Olivier Humbert <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 # Julien Taverna <jujudusud@gmail.com>, 2023.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 "X-Language: fr_FR\n"
 "X-Source-Language: en_150\n"
 
@@ -258,10 +258,8 @@ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de tchate à tout moment pour
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
+msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89

From 7057e78c5101c7747dc6be33b9a7c20020a358b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:56:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 100/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po | 7 +++----
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
index 836c96e28..4d14ae992 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-24 06:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/fr/>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manuel du logiciel Jamulus"
+msgstr "Manuel utilisateur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 304db831d583ab39beeb7a8c18bf1ac61b0a031b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 02:29:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 101/138] Update Dutch translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/nl/
---
 _translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
index 475d7eb6e..088d31d96 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Henk De Groot <weblate@hdegroot.com>, 2023, 2024.
+# Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot <weblate@hdegroot.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 <nlincus@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: nl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -35,10 +36,9 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Jamulus User Manual"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Jamulus gebruikershandleiding"
+msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9

From 0069602a4272282546655b9705dff75c8d46494a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>
Date: Sun, 13 Oct 2024 11:56:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 102/138] Update French translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/fr/
---
 _translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
index ed5bbbf40..2e230bc80 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Julien Taverna <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-13 12:16+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert <trebmuh@tuxfamily.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From 607a52750eae2c79ca76dff4330684cfb9c31f31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 103/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 15 ++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index 96ac9dda8..28d674bba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> ตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the connection window\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption>เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption>หน้าต่างหลักหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 

From 586ed38fcdc864df70d8868fbf5cc82ee30ac422 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 104/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 25 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 61b36f4bc..96f41440b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"\t<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
+"\t<img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of the Jamulus main window\">\n"
 "\t<figcaption>หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ของคุณเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์</figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "**Delay** แสดงค่า latency โดยรวม ซึ่ง
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "**สีเขียว** - ค่า delay เหมาะสมที
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a yellow LED symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "**สีเหลือง** - ยังสามารถเล่น
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; clear: both;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a green red symbol\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46
@@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถ
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot of the server connection window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86
@@ -269,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "มิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเว
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px; border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a pair of server mixer controls\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105
@@ -513,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "หากคุณได้ตั้งค่า Instrument และ/
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a tooltip showing profile information\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205
@@ -569,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "Audio/Network Setup"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of audio/network settings window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225
@@ -592,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "Input/output channel mapping"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc %}\" style=\"float:left; margin-right:10px; margin-bottom:20px;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of Input and output channel mapping\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237

From d1b0b86696bb970b574d50c79b004cbcf81c7677 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 105/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 97.2% (35 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po | 9 +++++----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
index 4a5391b70..6d4231b43 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: th\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานอย่างไร (โดยทั่วไ
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
-msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
+msgstr "<img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Diagram showing how Jamulus works\">\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61

From 27a47a6d725918eafb4be9fba0ad2a4d34c72749 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:28:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 106/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
index 36df2cd27..d773d0db4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "Börja med de enkla sakerna: se till att ditt instrument/mikrofon och h
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
-msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n"
+msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#konfigurera-asio4all)\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26

From 862cb97cbfa7cca6b2b9bf99ee83b01729ec0b2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:07:38 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 107/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/sv/
---
 .../po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po              | 20 +++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
index 6616a515f..410bd5171 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "**Nej**. Du behöver inte köra en egen server. Du kan använda servrar
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25
 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish."
-msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar."
+msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#ha-en-ostörd-session-på-vilken-server-som-helst). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28
@@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52
 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
-msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n"
-msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#server-modes) nedan.\n"
+msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#serverlägen) nedan.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86
 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:"
-msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:"
+msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#konfigurationsalternativ) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "**För GUI** (alla plattformar)\n"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146
 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
-msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servers-on-the-desktop)."
+msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "Minsta inställning för att köras i registrerat läge"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153
 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections.  You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):"
-msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#server-modes):"
+msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#serverlägen):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "Se tabellen nedan för värden för `hostname:port`."
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n"
-msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#server-mode-related-options) för mer information om landskoden. \n"
+msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#serverrelaterade-alternativ) för mer information om landskoden. \n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164

From 8bfac7b547d9df4e6a1287c6b2363ead10b3b690 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:32:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 108/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (11 of 11 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Command-Line-Options
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/command-line-options/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
index d94b4745a..8e3ae974c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ msgstr "Kommandon endast för server"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20
 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
-msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)"
+msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#serverrelaterade-alternativ)"

From 90307e38d85dc3c309235b6a56d3cd84f063fcb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:53:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 109/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (14 of 14 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
index 740e79871..84ec0d23b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först."
+msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22

From 4370776c51f6764ff5af15eb05cf5c2c8ebfd17d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:20:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 110/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (136 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
index cd1e29d8e..ca8644fe0 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "Förhindrar att användare hörs i din lokala mix. Var medveten om att n
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130
 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
-msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"."
+msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#knappen-tysta-mig)\"."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345
 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want."
-msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill."
+msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#frkiv--laddaspara-inställning-av-mixerkanaler) och lagra dessa filer var du vill."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347

From 0e0e01423f86a6a41dcf625821d67f4eac37f8bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:40:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 111/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (6 of 6 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Include-Client-Commands
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/include-client-commands/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po | 9 +++++----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 8f582b00e..78de7a8d7 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>, 2024.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3
@@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning"
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#använder-ctrlmidich-för-midikontroller)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6

From 823b944eb97da3af98352e816bb92883d9078cec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:37:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 112/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
index 2fa3f7b36..70be04c24 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 15:16+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ msgstr "För att få ut det bästa av Jamulus behöver du minst:"
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
+msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ansluta till en server och testa ditt ljud"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60
 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself.  Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
-msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))."
+msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-lyssna-på-mitt-eget-ljud))."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "Det viktigaste med servrar är deras \"pingtid\". Ju större siffran är
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73
 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74

From 30d79f27219d2a6da1a9897f2960558c683a0805 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:45:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 113/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (27 of 27 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
index b98ed2c31..674493f12 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "Varför visas inte min server i listan? Varför registreras den inte?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27
 msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server."
-msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#command-line-options) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) som används av Jamulus Server."
+msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#kommandoradsalternativ) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#portvidarebefodran) som används av Jamulus Server."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "Vilken adress ska jag ge till andra så att de kan ansluta till min serv
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41
 msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
-msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)."
+msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamisk-dns-och-varför-du-förmodligen-kommer-att-behöva-det)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43

From 64e6c9586d63390e5154387b287f2f37273dff25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:35:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 114/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (36 of 36 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
index 1b7406756..0f601f725 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 20:36+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "Nej. Musiker på en Jamulus-server spelar i realtid tillsammans som de s
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28
 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly."
-msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt."
+msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "Om någon listar en server på en av de kataloger som ingår i Jamulus,
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34
 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#serverlägen)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte använda trådlös utrustning?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38
 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen."
-msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna."
+msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte lyssna på mitt eget ljud?"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44
 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
-msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)."
+msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46

From 6dd01e5fc54ccb1e10fbca398c4ce8a7b01ef70c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:50:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 115/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (49 of 49 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
index a45f5845e..598498b1d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n"
-msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först.\n"
+msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din hårdvara"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60
 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution.  - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).  - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
-msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution..  - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl)..  - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)."
+msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution.  - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-jack-med-qjackctl).  - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-pipewire)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88
 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below."
-msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan."
+msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#starta-jamulus) nedan."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89

From f74c4a3aa2a34b3f0a1bd4177cb4b1e63e10ed9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 07:53:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 116/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (42 of 42 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
index 292c828bc..d752f4cf8 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po
@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel <daniel@mailsystem.net>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17
 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first."
-msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först."
+msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först."
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "Du kan behöva experimentera lite beroende på din ljudhårdvara. Om all
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n"
-msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n"
+msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#ansluta-till-en-server-och-testa-ditt-ljud) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55

From 68c1e694fd882dbf21af055d5877b6611582b43d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 08:33:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 117/138] Update Swedish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (16 of 16 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/sv/
---
 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
index 92272708f..aca038982 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 08:50+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
 "Language: sv-SE\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Köra en katalog"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14
 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
-msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#server-modes)."
+msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#serverlägen)."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16

From ea17de5c06426c5e5c3e3adab248201ec324d135 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>
Date: Wed, 4 Dec 2024 16:31:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 118/138] Update Italian translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/it/
---
 _translator-files/po/it/navigation.po | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
index 446e95a5c..305e780cc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # Giuseppe <redacted@invalid.local>, 2022.
 # Gico2006 <gradaellig@protonmail.com>, 2022.
-# Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>, 2023.
+# Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-05 06:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello <mapi68@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: it\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "User Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale d'uso"
+msgstr "Manuale utente"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "Usare Jamulus"
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Server Manual"
-msgstr "Manuale del server"
+msgstr "Manuale server"
 
 #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url
 #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1

From e7a085ff5e6304279367fff9badd63d516fb73a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Date: Sun, 6 Oct 2024 18:15:44 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 119/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 20.0% (2 of 10 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 10.5% (2 of 19 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (4 of 56 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 11.1% (4 of 36 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 9.5% (4 of 42 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 15.3% (4 of 26 strings)

Translated using Weblate (Thai)

Currently translated at 6.4% (2 of 31 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 3.1% (5 of 159 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 8.5% (4 of 47 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 2.9% (4 of 136 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 6.1% (3 of 49 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (25 of 25 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 16.6% (2 of 12 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 21.4% (3 of 14 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 84.2% (32 of 38 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 18.1% (2 of 11 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.1% (2 of 28 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 12.5% (2 of 16 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.4% (2 of 27 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (17 of 17 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (13 of 13 strings)

Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 7.6% (1 of 13 strings)

Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate <hosted@weblate.org>
Co-authored-by: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/1-index/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/command-line-options/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/contribution/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/faq/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/general/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-android/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-macintosh/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/navigation/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/privacy-statement/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/qos-windows/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-bandwidth/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/th/
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/unregistered-servers/th/
Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Command-Line-Options
Translation: Jamulus/Contribution
Translation: Jamulus/Directories
Translation: Jamulus/FAQ
Translation: Jamulus/General strings
Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Android
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Macintosh
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS
Translation: Jamulus/Navigation
Translation: Jamulus/Privacy-Statement
Translation: Jamulus/QOS-Windows
Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Bandwidth
Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting
Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translation: Jamulus/Startpage
Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translation: Jamulus/Unregistered-Servers
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index 28d674bba..5e8e249f4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 

From 877b574aab4b43227b0d3afa05b8ac0fc49dd04e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Thai Pangsakulyanont <dtinth@spacet.me>
Date: Mon, 7 Oct 2024 12:17:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 120/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 9b5872091..61c0f3665 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -486,24 +486,24 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Settings"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "My Profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "My Profile"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198
 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "จากเมนู Settings เลือก \"My Profile...\" เพื่อตั้งค่า Alias/Name (ชื่อ/ฉายา) ของคุณ ซึ่งจะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202

From c337e274d13bcc18f1718e377e8572604a31d2c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 121/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
index 5e8e249f4..28d674bba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgid ""
 "</figure>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<figure>\n"
-"  <img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
+"  <img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc %}\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Screenshot\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\">\n"
 "  <figcaption> หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ </figcaption>\n"
 "</figure>\n"
 

From 46013f6a92fa3509ceb0386f0566a809d4bd4154 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 7 Nov 2024 06:22:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 122/138] Update Thai translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 61.0% (83 of 136 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/th/
---
 _translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
index 61c0f3665..c5eca3805 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "จากเมนู Settings เลือก \"My Profile...\" เพ
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
-msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
+msgstr "<figure><img src=\"{% include img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc %}\" style=\"border: 5px solid grey;\" loading=\"lazy\" alt=\"Image of a profile window\"></figure>\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202

From 10c6964e965dccf35bff0147fac7cd3968b3b1b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter L Jones <peter.l.jones.dymlyd@gmail.com>
Date: Sat, 5 Oct 2024 11:24:29 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 123/138] Update command line option description

---
 wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
index a2904f582..ce74a84e8 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)                                                      
 -  `-c` or `--connect`  Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`  
 -  `-j` or `--nojackconnect`  Disable auto JACK connections  
--  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)
+-  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (Jamulus channels), Mute Myself CC number and "My Channel" option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;z]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
 - `--clientname`  Window title and JACK client name

From dbd3f46d43dac19914a1ff11db6823bd6d8edc45 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter L Jones <peter.l.jones.dymlyd@gmail.com>
Date: Sat, 5 Oct 2024 11:58:41 +0100
Subject: [PATCH 124/138] Update wiki description

---
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md | 75 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 6a1d6586c..5eb380b55 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -80,23 +80,80 @@ Here is the script:
  jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2
 ~~~
 
-### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers
+### Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers
 
-The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the "Mute Myself" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:
+When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will display a channel number assigned to each Client, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers.  (Note: This is only available for use with Windows, macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher.)  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
-`--ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64"`
+*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).
 
-Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64.
+Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  See below for Windows.
 
-Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
+`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:
 
-*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.
+1. The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:
 
-Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
+   ```
+   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]
+   ```
 
-Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or the the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
 
-*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
+   * `offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used.
+
+     For example
+
+     ```
+     --ctrlmidich "0"
+     ```
+
+     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:
+
+     ```
+     --ctrlmidich "2;50"
+     ```
+
+     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.
+
+2. The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:
+
+   ```
+   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count](;...))
+   ```
+
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or the the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
+
+   * `control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:
+
+     | control letter | Jamulus Control |
+     |--------:|---------|
+     | `f` | Fader |
+     | `p` | Pan   |
+     | `s` | Solo  |
+     | `m` | Mute  |
+
+   * `offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control.
+
+   * `count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled).
+
+   * Two additional `control letter` values are available:
+
+     1. `o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1).
+
+     2. `d` is an option on Windows to specify a particular MIDI input device -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:
+
+        ```
+        --ctrlmidich "1;f0*9;dnanoKontrol"
+        ```
+
+        would listen for CC0 through CC9 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.
+
+   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be
+
+   ```
+   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8"
+   ```
+
+*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
 
 ## For Server admins
 

From eced0ab1c458ebd7f3a440bd1c88109f4c1cda10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Wed, 11 Dec 2024 17:31:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 125/138] Improvements in MIDI details

---
 wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md |  2 +-
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md        | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++-------
 2 files changed, 42 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
index ce74a84e8..1891088f6 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)                                                      
 -  `-c` or `--connect`  Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`  
 -  `-j` or `--nojackconnect`  Disable auto JACK connections  
--  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (Jamulus channels), Mute Myself CC number and "My Channel" option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;z]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
+-  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (Jamulus channels), Mute Myself CC number and device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
 - `--clientname`  Window title and JACK client name
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 5eb380b55..5b78cee50 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -82,11 +82,13 @@ Here is the script:
 
 ### Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers
 
-When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will display a channel number assigned to each Client, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers.  (Note: This is only available for use with Windows, macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher.)  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
+The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option.
+
+When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when unsorted or sorted by channel, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
 *Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).
 
-Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  See below for Windows.
+When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected.
 
 `--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:
 
@@ -96,7 +98,7 @@ Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port
    [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]
    ```
 
-   * `MIDI channel` is required or the the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
 
    * `offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used.
 
@@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port
    [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count](;...))
    ```
 
-   * `MIDI channel` is required or the the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
 
    * `control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:
 
@@ -135,23 +137,51 @@ Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port
 
    * `count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled).
 
+   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be
+
+   ```
+   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8"
+   ```
+
+   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:
+
+   ```
+   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8"
+   ```
+
    * Two additional `control letter` values are available:
 
      1. `o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1).
 
-     2. `d` is an option on Windows to specify a particular MIDI input device -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:
+     2. `d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:
 
         ```
-        --ctrlmidich "1;f0*9;dnanoKontrol"
+        --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol"
         ```
 
-        would listen for CC0 through CC9 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.
+        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.
 
-   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be
+        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:
 
-   ```
-   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8"
-   ```
+        ```
+        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "0"
+        - MIDI controller settings: 0
+        - allocated port number: 22134
+        - MIDI devices found: 2
+          0: nanoKONTROL2
+          1: Keystation Mini 32
+
+        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2"
+        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2
+        - allocated port number: 22134
+        - MIDI devices found: 2
+          0: nanoKONTROL2
+          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)
+        ```
+
+	Note that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.
+
+	On macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.
 
 *Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
 

From 511d4a7d43e8b3ff6a0dbae5ed65ea12dd00474b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Wed, 11 Dec 2024 18:03:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 126/138] Pin ubuntu-22.04 for CI

---
 .github/workflows/add-lang.yml | 2 +-
 .github/workflows/jekyll.yml   | 2 +-
 .github/workflows/main.yml     | 4 ++--
 3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml
index ba9e82110..05e912461 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml
+++ b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ jobs:
     permissions:
       contents: write
       issues: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
     if: github.event.label.name == 'new language'
     steps:
 
diff --git a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml
index 2721ad32e..2cd5e15ab 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml
+++ b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ jobs:
   jekyll_site_ci:
     permissions:
       contents: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
     steps:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v4
 
diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml
index 475c71cc2..1186ac7a2 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/main.yml
+++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ jobs:
   build_and_deploy_site:
     permissions:
       contents: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
     steps:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v4
 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ jobs:
     needs: build_and_deploy_site
     permissions:
       contents: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
     steps:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v4
       - name: ${{ github.sha }} update from release

From 48bd5e67463141ec002e074f69528dd4bfed3c73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Wed, 11 Dec 2024 22:26:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 127/138] Apply suggestions from code review

Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones <pljones@users.noreply.github.com>
---
 wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md | 2 +-
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md        | 2 +-
 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
index 1891088f6..023bf6fff 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)                                                      
 -  `-c` or `--connect`  Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`  
 -  `-j` or `--nojackconnect`  Disable auto JACK connections  
--  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (Jamulus channels), Mute Myself CC number and device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
+-  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
 - `--clientname`  Window title and JACK client name
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 5b78cee50..3b82c99cc 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port t
 2. The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:
 
    ```
-   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count](;...))
+   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)
    ```
 
    * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.

From abf557568755216c11412023efd9e25487f1a401 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Thu, 12 Dec 2024 19:01:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 128/138] Update wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md

Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones <pljones@users.noreply.github.com>
---
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 3b82c99cc..1f5be4ca7 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Here is the script:
 
 The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option.
 
-When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when unsorted or sorted by channel, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
+When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
 *Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).
 

From d367ea9d88841d2e8fc4df609b60007068eb7680 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Sat, 7 Dec 2024 20:29:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 129/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (154 of 154 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 91 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 45 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index 0317813d0..ee6a1d9fd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-08 20:00+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1
@@ -76,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "</details> \n"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "</details>\n"
-msgstr "</details> \n"
+msgstr "</details>\n"
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21
@@ -109,10 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.   \n"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n"
-msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.   \n"
+msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34
@@ -223,10 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received."
 msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives."
-msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat."
+msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando llega un nuevo mensaje de chat."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76
@@ -300,14 +296,12 @@ msgstr "Si ves un icono de \"mute\" sobre un usuario, significa que esa persona
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116
 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server.  With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel.  With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right.  In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los usuarios normalmente aparecen de izquierda a derecha en el orden que se conectan. Cuando se unen a un servidor que ya tiene participantes, el orden que se sigue por defecto depende de las versiones de Jamulus en el cliente y el servidor.  Con una versión de cliente anterior a 3.12.0 o una versión de servidor anterior a 3.5.5, los participantes existentes serán mostrados antes de tu propio fader de canal.  Con un cliente versión 3.12.0 o más reciente conectado a un servidor versión 3.5.5 o más reciente, tu propio fader será mostrado primero, con los otros participantes existentes mostrados a la derecha.  En cualquier caso, los participantes que se unan posteriormente aparecerán por defecto a la derecha de todos los participantes existentes."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu."
 msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below."
-msgstr "Los usuarios normalmente se muestran de izquierda a derecha en el orden en el que se conectan. Puedes cambiar el orden, por nombre, instrumento, grupo o ciudad utilizando el menú en Ver."
+msgstr "Puedes invalidar este orden y ordenar por nombre, instrumento, grupo, ciudad o número de canal utilizando el menú de Ver. Véanse los Comandos de Menú más abajo."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120
@@ -362,12 +356,12 @@ msgstr "Comandos del menú"
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "File > Connection Setup..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Archivo > Configuración de Conexión..."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140
 msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre la [ventana de conexiones (ver más arriba)](#botón-conexióndesconexión)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141
@@ -377,63 +371,58 @@ msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window."
-msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador."
+msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para tu grupo. Esto guarda tu configuración para el volumen, paneo, mute y solo de cada persona. Puedes cargar esta mezcla en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se puede cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer el archivo de configuración en la ventana del mezclador."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "File > Exit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Archivo > Salir"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148
 msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cierra todas las ventanas y la aplicación en sí."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Editar > Eliminar todas las configuraciones de Solo y Mute"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152
 msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied.  Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cuando aplicas Solo o Mute a un canal, Jamulus recuerda estas configuraciones. Aunque esa persona se marche y luego vuelva - o tú te unes a un servidor donde esa persona está tocando - se aplicará automáticamente la configuración. Utiliza este comando para eliminar _todas_ estas configuraciones guardadas."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Editar > Todos los faders al nivel Cliente nuevo"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156
 msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplica el [\"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" configurado](#nivel-cliente-nuevo) a todos los canales actualmente conectados."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders "
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders"
-msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders "
+msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
 msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece."
-msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
+msgstr "Aplica un ajuste puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunque puede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "View > (sort options)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ver > (opciones de orden)"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166
@@ -443,6 +432,9 @@ msgid ""
 "* Own Fader First<br/>\n"
 "This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n"
 msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n"
+"* Fader Propio Primero<br/>\n"
+"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178
@@ -460,40 +452,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n"
 "Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n"
 msgstr ""
+"* No ordenar usuarios<br/>\n"
+"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre<br/>\n"
+"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad<br/>\n"
+"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo<br/>\n"
+"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n"
+"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal<br/>\n"
+"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n"
+"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "View > Chat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ver > Chat"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182
 msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Settings"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "Settings Menu"
-msgstr "Configuración"
+msgstr "Menú de Configuración"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186
 msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)."
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayuda"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
 msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario(Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución.  También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario."
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192
@@ -621,8 +623,6 @@ msgstr "Canales de Audio"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server."
 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server."
 msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicación entre Cliente y Servidor."
 
@@ -850,10 +850,9 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Puedes guardar y cargar d
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n"
-msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n"
+msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en\n"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block (shell)
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347

From a330667184bbba88b66e26cf1c4b0c4db969507f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Sat, 7 Dec 2024 20:31:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 130/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (47 of 47 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 19 +++++++------------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index f7b2c87c9..f8b3d0551 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # ignotus <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023.
+# ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2022, 2023, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-08 20:00+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1
@@ -265,24 +265,19 @@ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#, no-wrap
 msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el primero comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`). En Jamulus versión 3.12.0 o posterior, cuando se conecta a un servidor con versión 3.5.5 o superior, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, y también aparecerá el primero, independientemente de si se ha activado \"Fader Propio Primero\".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101

From 5d2fb4a2e187b97226931201cd2df31cb3abba6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: =?UTF-8?q?=EC=9D=B4=EC=A0=95=ED=9D=AC?= <daemul72@gmail.com>
Date: Mon, 9 Dec 2024 13:28:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 131/138] Update Korean translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (38 of 38 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Getting-Started
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/getting-started/ko/
---
 _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po | 20 +++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
index fec9a5036..71d50fbc1 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po
@@ -2,20 +2,20 @@
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
 # 이정희 <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>, 2022.
-# 이정희 <daemul72@gmail.com>, 2023.
+# 이정희 <daemul72@gmail.com>, 2023, 2024.
 # ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>, 2024.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-10 14:00+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: 이정희 <daemul72@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <please@seeGitHubOrWeblate.local>\n"
 "Language: ko-KR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n"
 
 #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1
@@ -45,17 +45,17 @@ msgstr "구성"
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus"
-msgstr "설정 - Jamulus 시작하기"
+msgstr "구성 - Jamulus 사용법 배우기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11
 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:"
-msgstr "Jamulus를 최대한 활용하려면, 최소한 다음이 필요합니다:"
+msgstr "Jamulus를 제대로 사용하려면, 다음과 같은 것들이 필요합니다:"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))"
-msgstr "**유선 인터넷 연결**(및 Wi-Fi 끄기. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)"
+msgstr "**유선 인터넷 연결** (그리고 Wi-Fi를 끕니다. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "**유선 헤드폰** (블루투스 또는 스피커 아님 - [FAQ](/wiki
 #. type: Bullet: '1. '
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15
 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)"
-msgstr "**알맞은 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크** (예시를 보려면 [이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html))"
+msgstr "**적당한 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크** (예시를 보려면 [이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html))"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17
@@ -255,10 +255,8 @@ msgstr "연결되어 있는 동안 언제든지 채팅 기능을 사용하여 
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)."
-msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다."
+msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [사용자 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ##
 #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89

From 33ee32cac3301f86d4a6503b4dd51ad902536310 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>
Date: Thu, 12 Dec 2024 21:52:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 132/138] Update Spanish translation using Weblate

Currently translated at 100.0% (154 of 154 strings)

Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual
Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/
---
 _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
index ee6a1d9fd..6df88b31a 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-08 20:00+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-12 21:56+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: ignotus <ignotus666@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: \n"
 "Language: es\n"
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo<br/>\n"
 "Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n"
 "* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal<br/>\n"
-"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n"
+"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n"
 "Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ###
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "Ayuda"
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190
 msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details.  There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display."
-msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario(Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución.  También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario."
+msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución.  También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario."
 
 #. type: Title #
 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192

From 6485239b02733d7e582c89e3c325a77cbf228b5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 13 Dec 2024 12:47:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 133/138] AUTO: Updated .po files

---
 .../po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   4 +-
 _translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   4 +-
 _translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   4 +-
 _translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 279 +++++++++++++++---
 .../po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   4 +-
 _translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   4 +-
 .../po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   4 +-
 _translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   4 +-
 .../po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   4 +-
 .../po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 271 ++++++++++++++---
 24 files changed, 2698 insertions(+), 377 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 14df92c9d..26aeb82b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index aac5585d1..d0c0cd9ea 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -233,106 +233,290 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -363,6 +547,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 766246842..b7566998e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index f7b2c87c9..128ce3244 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -232,104 +232,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -360,6 +544,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
index c254060d7..009bd1f33 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` ou `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connexion de JACK"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 16c47272d..79d4d1402 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -235,104 +235,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Pour les administrateurs de serveurs"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que les gens s'y connectent, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les musiciens seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestion à distance des enregistrements"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Faire une page d'état du serveur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur peuvent être générées pour être affichées sur une page internet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -363,6 +547,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
+
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
@@ -373,6 +577,3 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "TOC"
-
-#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
index c498148cd..c4e3c5035 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Disattiva le connessioni JACK automatiche"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale del controller MIDI su cui ascoltare, offset del numero di controllo e numeri CC consecutivi (canali) e numero CC di Mute Myself. Formato: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Vedi [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- controllori)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 6eaf28e61..f7077f5ea 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -215,98 +215,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index bd8b2f1f8..d72ce8c8d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 직접 음소거 CC 번호입니다. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index cf10e8c9c..bc7b48773 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -235,104 +235,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 ctrlmidich 사용"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "서버 관리자의 경우"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "등록된 서버를 미등록된 서버로 즉시 변환하기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "사람들이 연결할 수 있을 만큼 오랫동안 등록된 서버로 실행한 다음 서버 GUI에서 디렉터리를 \"없음\"으로 설정하여 \"비공개\"(미등록됨)로 전환할 수 있습니다. 뮤지션들은 연결이 끊어질 때까지 서버에 계속 연결되어 있습니다. (이 팁을 제공해 주신 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff)에게 감사드립니다!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "녹음 원격 관리"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea)는 Linux에서 녹화를 시작하고 중지하기 위한 [웹 기반 원격 도구](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote)를 작성했습니다. 서버를 사용하면 브라우저에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다. [pljones](https://github.com/pljones)의 [Jamulus Jam Importer](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)도 참조하세요. 여기에는 서버 녹음 복구 스크립트도 포함되어 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "서버 상태 페이지 만들기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "`-m` 명령줄 인수를 사용하면 서버 통계를 생성하여 웹페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "다음은 HTML 페이지에 현재 서버 상태를 표시하기 위해 서버 상태 파일을 사용하는 PHP 스크립트 예입니다(다음 명령줄 인수를 사용한다고 가정: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -363,5 +547,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
+
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "목차"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 664ca073f..3c55c0e27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 8141f4016..6bb594f02 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,99 +211,281 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## For Server admins"
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "## For tjeneradministratorer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 2a4d024ff..0f8d48199 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 3c9e32d85..d5b759cba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -231,104 +231,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Voor serverbeheerders"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet-geregistreerde server omzetten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server uitvoeren die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om mensen verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet-geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. De muzikanten zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Opname op afstand bedienen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Een serverstatuspagina maken"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -359,6 +543,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
+
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 08cae3772..d9699acbb 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 415b8fa4b..7dd110852 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,98 +211,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 08cae3772..d9699acbb 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 40fad7f2d..e6ea40318 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,98 +211,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 78de7a8d7..666be6b78 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#använder-ctrlmidich-för-midikontroller)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 743058eec..1464918be 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -232,104 +232,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "För serveradministratörer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -359,3 +543,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "}\n"
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
+
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 664ca073f..3c55c0e27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index ddafff184..94ec117ca 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -209,98 +209,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 4ff22e9d6..3fe0e4144 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index f3abb0bcd..13ad6a016 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -235,104 +235,288 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "对于服务器管理员"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”（未注册）。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器，直到他们断开连接。（感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示！）"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "远程管理录音"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 [基于 Web 的远程工具](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) 用于在 Linux 上启动和停止录制服务器，允许您从浏览器下载它们。另请参阅 [pljones](https://github.com/pljones) 的 [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)，其中还包括一个服务器录制恢复脚本。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "制作服务器状态页面"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "使用 `-m` 命令行参数，可以生成服务器统计信息以放在网页上。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本(假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -363,6 +547,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
+
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n"

From 8994cf1578a1a523fc632f68bab346a27c88f05e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Fri, 13 Dec 2024 13:23:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 134/138] Revert "--ctrlmidich improved documentation"

---
 wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md |   2 +-
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md        | 105 +++--------------------------
 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 97 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
index 023bf6fff..a2904f582 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)                                                      
 -  `-c` or `--connect`  Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`  
 -  `-j` or `--nojackconnect`  Disable auto JACK connections  
--  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
+-  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)
 - `--clientname`  Window title and JACK client name
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 1f5be4ca7..6a1d6586c 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -80,110 +80,23 @@ Here is the script:
  jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2
 ~~~
 
-### Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers
+### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers
 
-The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option.
+The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the "Mute Myself" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:
 
-When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when "Own Fader First" is enabled.
+`--ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64"`
 
-*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).
+Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64.
 
-When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected.
+Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
 
-`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:
+*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.
 
-1. The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:
+Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
 
-   ```
-   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]
-   ```
+Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
 
-   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
-
-   * `offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used.
-
-     For example
-
-     ```
-     --ctrlmidich "0"
-     ```
-
-     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:
-
-     ```
-     --ctrlmidich "2;50"
-     ```
-
-     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.
-
-2. The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:
-
-   ```
-   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)
-   ```
-
-   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
-
-   * `control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:
-
-     | control letter | Jamulus Control |
-     |--------:|---------|
-     | `f` | Fader |
-     | `p` | Pan   |
-     | `s` | Solo  |
-     | `m` | Mute  |
-
-   * `offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control.
-
-   * `count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled).
-
-   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be
-
-   ```
-   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8"
-   ```
-
-   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:
-
-   ```
-   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8"
-   ```
-
-   * Two additional `control letter` values are available:
-
-     1. `o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1).
-
-     2. `d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:
-
-        ```
-        --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol"
-        ```
-
-        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.
-
-        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:
-
-        ```
-        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "0"
-        - MIDI controller settings: 0
-        - allocated port number: 22134
-        - MIDI devices found: 2
-          0: nanoKONTROL2
-          1: Keystation Mini 32
-
-        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2"
-        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2
-        - allocated port number: 22134
-        - MIDI devices found: 2
-          0: nanoKONTROL2
-          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)
-        ```
-
-	Note that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.
-
-	On macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.
-
-*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
+*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
 ## For Server admins
 

From 20ebd6fd37d61f822a69bdfdf242b82e7d534325 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 13 Dec 2024 13:30:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 135/138] AUTO: Updated .po files

---
 .../po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 274 +++--------------
 .../po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 274 +++--------------
 .../po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 280 +++---------------
 .../po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++------------
 .../po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 +++--------------
 .../po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++------------
 .../po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 274 +++--------------
 .../po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++------------
 .../po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++------------
 .../po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 +++--------------
 .../po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++------------
 .../po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 +++--------------
 24 files changed, 419 insertions(+), 2659 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 26aeb82b4..17c883b19 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index d0c0cd9ea..740af5881 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -235,288 +235,108 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -547,20 +367,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index b7566998e..8bd0d7570 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 128ce3244..879c4b72c 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -234,286 +234,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -544,20 +364,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 009bd1f33..8fd2a7de4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` ou `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connexion de JACK"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 79d4d1402..b5a9db6bd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,286 +237,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Pour les administrateurs de serveurs"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que les gens s'y connectent, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les musiciens seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestion à distance des enregistrements"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Faire une page d'état du serveur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur peuvent être générées pour être affichées sur une page internet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -547,25 +367,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+#~ msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
 
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
index c4e3c5035..93ecf8d13 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Disattiva le connessioni JACK automatiche"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale del controller MIDI su cui ascoltare, offset del numero di controllo e numeri CC consecutivi (canali) e numero CC di Mute Myself. Formato: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Vedi [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- controllori)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index f7077f5ea..6eaf28e61 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -215,280 +215,98 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index d72ce8c8d..eb44e74bc 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 직접 음소거 CC 번호입니다. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index bc7b48773..a55de669e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,286 +237,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 ctrlmidich 사용"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "서버 관리자의 경우"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "등록된 서버를 미등록된 서버로 즉시 변환하기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "사람들이 연결할 수 있을 만큼 오랫동안 등록된 서버로 실행한 다음 서버 GUI에서 디렉터리를 \"없음\"으로 설정하여 \"비공개\"(미등록됨)로 전환할 수 있습니다. 뮤지션들은 연결이 끊어질 때까지 서버에 계속 연결되어 있습니다. (이 팁을 제공해 주신 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff)에게 감사드립니다!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "녹음 원격 관리"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea)는 Linux에서 녹화를 시작하고 중지하기 위한 [웹 기반 원격 도구](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote)를 작성했습니다. 서버를 사용하면 브라우저에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다. [pljones](https://github.com/pljones)의 [Jamulus Jam Importer](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)도 참조하세요. 여기에는 서버 녹음 복구 스크립트도 포함되어 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "서버 상태 페이지 만들기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "`-m` 명령줄 인수를 사용하면 서버 통계를 생성하여 웹페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "다음은 HTML 페이지에 현재 서버 상태를 표시하기 위해 서버 상태 파일을 사용하는 PHP 스크립트 예입니다(다음 명령줄 인수를 사용한다고 가정: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -547,20 +367,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "목차"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 3c55c0e27..664ca073f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 6bb594f02..8141f4016 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,281 +211,99 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## For Server admins"
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "## For tjeneradministratorer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 0f8d48199..b44642408 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index d5b759cba..869157139 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -233,286 +233,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Voor serverbeheerders"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet-geregistreerde server omzetten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server uitvoeren die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om mensen verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet-geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. De muzikanten zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Opname op afstand bedienen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Een serverstatuspagina maken"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -543,20 +363,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index d9699acbb..08cae3772 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 7dd110852..415b8fa4b 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,280 +211,98 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
index d9699acbb..08cae3772 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index e6ea40318..40fad7f2d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,280 +211,98 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 666be6b78..56c406013 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#använder-ctrlmidich-för-midikontroller)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 1464918be..33ba8af1f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -234,286 +234,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "För serveradministratörer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -544,17 +364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 3c55c0e27..664ca073f 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 94ec117ca..ddafff184 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -209,280 +209,98 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 3fe0e4144..6d6125187 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 13ad6a016..ea88aefbd 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,286 +237,106 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
 #, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
-msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
-msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
-msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     For example\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     ```\n"
-"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
-"     ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
-msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
-msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
-"     |--------:|---------|\n"
-"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
-"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
-"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
-"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
-msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
-msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
-#. type: Bullet: '   * '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
-msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
-msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
-msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
+msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        ```\n"
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
 #, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
-"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
-"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
-"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
-"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
-"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
-"        ```\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "对于服务器管理员"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”（未注册）。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器，直到他们断开连接。（感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示！）"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "远程管理录音"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 [基于 Web 的远程工具](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) 用于在 Linux 上启动和停止录制服务器，允许您从浏览器下载它们。另请参阅 [pljones](https://github.com/pljones) 的 [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)，其中还包括一个服务器录制恢复脚本。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "制作服务器状态页面"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "使用 `-m` 命令行参数，可以生成服务器统计信息以放在网页上。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本(假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -547,20 +367,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-#~ msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
-
-#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-#~ msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
-
-#, no-wrap
-#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-#~ msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""

From 4effda45048817941bf6972b7c15d8ec8e93ed8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Tony Mountifield <tony@mountifield.org>
Date: Fri, 13 Dec 2024 15:01:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 136/138] Revert "Revert "--ctrlmidich improved documentation"
 temporarily"

---
 wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md |   2 +-
 wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md        | 105 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++---
 2 files changed, 97 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
index a2904f582..023bf6fff 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)                                                      
 -  `-c` or `--connect`  Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`  
 -  `-j` or `--nojackconnect`  Disable auto JACK connections  
--  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)
+-  `--ctrlmidich`  MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers).
 - `--clientname`  Window title and JACK client name
diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
index 6a1d6586c..1f5be4ca7 100644
--- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
+++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md
@@ -80,23 +80,110 @@ Here is the script:
  jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2
 ~~~
 
-### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers
+### Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers
 
-The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the "Mute Myself" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:
+The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option.
 
-`--ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64"`
+When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when "Own Fader First" is enabled.
 
-Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64.
+*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).
 
-Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
+When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected.
 
-*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.
+`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:
 
-Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth.
+1. The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:
 
-Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.
+   ```
+   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]
+   ```
 
-*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not "Own Fader First" is enabled.
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
+
+   * `offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used.
+
+     For example
+
+     ```
+     --ctrlmidich "0"
+     ```
+
+     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:
+
+     ```
+     --ctrlmidich "2;50"
+     ```
+
+     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.
+
+2. The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:
+
+   ```
+   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)
+   ```
+
+   * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel.
+
+   * `control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:
+
+     | control letter | Jamulus Control |
+     |--------:|---------|
+     | `f` | Fader |
+     | `p` | Pan   |
+     | `s` | Solo  |
+     | `m` | Mute  |
+
+   * `offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control.
+
+   * `count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled).
+
+   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be
+
+   ```
+   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8"
+   ```
+
+   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:
+
+   ```
+   --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8"
+   ```
+
+   * Two additional `control letter` values are available:
+
+     1. `o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1).
+
+     2. `d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:
+
+        ```
+        --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol"
+        ```
+
+        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.
+
+        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:
+
+        ```
+        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "0"
+        - MIDI controller settings: 0
+        - allocated port number: 22134
+        - MIDI devices found: 2
+          0: nanoKONTROL2
+          1: Keystation Mini 32
+
+        C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2"
+        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2
+        - allocated port number: 22134
+        - MIDI devices found: 2
+          0: nanoKONTROL2
+          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)
+        ```
+
+	Note that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.
+
+	On macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.
+
+*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.
 
 ## For Server admins
 

From 304850ea04eb41c4775e7567e20bf9a70caa6c49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Fri, 13 Dec 2024 15:06:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 137/138] AUTO: Updated .po files

---
 .../po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 274 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 267 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 280 +++++++++++++++---
 .../po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 274 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 ++++++++++++++---
 .../po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po          |   2 +-
 _translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po   | 226 ++++++++++++--
 .../po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po       |   2 +-
 .../po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po              | 274 ++++++++++++++---
 24 files changed, 2657 insertions(+), 414 deletions(-)

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 17c883b19..26aeb82b4 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 740af5881..d0c0cd9ea 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -235,108 +235,288 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -367,10 +547,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter."
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 8bd0d7570..b7566998e 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 6ddc9a9c2..9ad7d82ac 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -234,101 +234,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el primero comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`). En Jamulus versión 3.12.0 o posterior, cuando se conecta a un servidor con versión 3.5.5 o superior, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, y también aparecerá el primero, independientemente de si se ha activado \"Fader Propio Primero\".\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el primero comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`). En Jamulus versión 3.12.0 o posterior, cuando se conecta a un servidor con versión 3.5.5 o superior, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, y también aparecerá el primero, independientemente de si se ha activado \"Fader Propio Primero\".\n"
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -359,10 +544,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente."
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 8fd2a7de4..009bd1f33 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` ou `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connexion de JACK"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index b5a9db6bd..79d4d1402 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,106 +237,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Pour les administrateurs de serveurs"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que les gens s'y connectent, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les musiciens seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Gestion à distance des enregistrements"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Faire une page d'état du serveur"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur peuvent être générées pour être affichées sur une page internet."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -367,15 +547,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n"
-#~ msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
-#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite."
 
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 93ecf8d13..c4e3c5035 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Disattiva le connessioni JACK automatiche"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale del controller MIDI su cui ascoltare, offset del numero di controllo e numeri CC consecutivi (canali) e numero CC di Mute Myself. Formato: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Vedi [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- controllori)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 6eaf28e61..f7077f5ea 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -215,98 +215,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index eb44e74bc..d72ce8c8d 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 직접 음소거 CC 번호입니다. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index a55de669e..bc7b48773 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,106 +237,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 ctrlmidich 사용"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "서버 관리자의 경우"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "등록된 서버를 미등록된 서버로 즉시 변환하기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "사람들이 연결할 수 있을 만큼 오랫동안 등록된 서버로 실행한 다음 서버 GUI에서 디렉터리를 \"없음\"으로 설정하여 \"비공개\"(미등록됨)로 전환할 수 있습니다. 뮤지션들은 연결이 끊어질 때까지 서버에 계속 연결되어 있습니다. (이 팁을 제공해 주신 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff)에게 감사드립니다!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "녹음 원격 관리"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea)는 Linux에서 녹화를 시작하고 중지하기 위한 [웹 기반 원격 도구](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote)를 작성했습니다. 서버를 사용하면 브라우저에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다. [pljones](https://github.com/pljones)의 [Jamulus Jam Importer](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)도 참조하세요. 여기에는 서버 녹음 복구 스크립트도 포함되어 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "서버 상태 페이지 만들기"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "`-m` 명령줄 인수를 사용하면 서버 통계를 생성하여 웹페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "다음은 HTML 페이지에 현재 서버 상태를 표시하기 위해 서버 상태 파일을 사용하는 PHP 스크립트 예입니다(다음 명령줄 인수를 사용한다고 가정: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -367,10 +547,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다."
 
 #~ msgid "TOC"
 #~ msgstr "목차"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 664ca073f..3c55c0e27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 8141f4016..6bb594f02 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,99 +211,281 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "## For Server admins"
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "## For tjeneradministratorer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
index b44642408..0f8d48199 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 869157139..d5b759cba 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -233,106 +233,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "Voor serverbeheerders"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet-geregistreerde server omzetten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server uitvoeren die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om mensen verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet-geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. De muzikanten zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Opname op afstand bedienen"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Een serverstatuspagina maken"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -363,10 +543,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort."
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 08cae3772..d9699acbb 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 415b8fa4b..7dd110852 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,98 +211,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 08cae3772..d9699acbb 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 40fad7f2d..e6ea40318 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -211,98 +211,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 56c406013..666be6b78 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#använder-ctrlmidich-för-midikontroller)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index 33ba8af1f..1464918be 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -234,106 +234,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "För serveradministratörer"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript."
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida."
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -364,7 +544,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64."
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare."
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 664ca073f..3c55c0e27 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '-  '
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index ddafff184..94ec117ca 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -209,98 +209,280 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Title ###
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
index 6d6125187..3fe0e4144 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接"
 #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6
 #, fuzzy
 #| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)"
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)."
 msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)"
 
 #. type: Bullet: '- '
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
index ea88aefbd..13ad6a016 100644
--- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
+++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po
@@ -237,106 +237,286 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 #| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
-msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers"
+msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers"
 msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86
-msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
-msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
+msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version.  To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90
-msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
-msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
+msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n"
+msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
-msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
+msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl.  For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected."
+msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
 #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94
+msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument.  If you omit it, the parameter is ignored.  There are two formats for the argument:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
+msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97
 #, no-wrap
-msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
-msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126
+msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active.  `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104
+msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
-msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     For example\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl."
-msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。"
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.  Here's another example:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     ```\n"
+"     --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n"
+"     ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "     This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120
+msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128
+msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"     | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n"
+"     |--------:|---------|\n"
+"     | `f` | Fader |\n"
+"     | `p` | Pan   |\n"
+"     | `s` | Solo  |\n"
+"     | `m` | Mute  |\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137
+msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139
+msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142
 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n"
-msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).  In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n"
-msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n"
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "   Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Fenced code block
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n"
+msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+
+#. type: Bullet: '   * '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153
+msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     1. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155
+msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Bullet: '     2. '
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157
+msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\".  Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "        In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        ```\n"
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 0\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n"
+"        - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n"
+"        - allocated port number: 22134\n"
+"        - MIDI devices found: 2\n"
+"          0: nanoKONTROL2\n"
+"          1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n"
+"        ```\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n"
+msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n"
 
 #. type: Title ##
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "For Server admins"
 msgstr "对于服务器管理员"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly"
 msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193
 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)"
 msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”（未注册）。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器，直到他们断开连接。（感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示！）"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Remote management of recordings"
 msgstr "远程管理录音"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197
 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script."
 msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 [基于 Web 的远程工具](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) 用于在 Linux 上启动和停止录制服务器，允许您从浏览器下载它们。另请参阅 [pljones](https://github.com/pljones) 的 [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)，其中还包括一个服务器录制恢复脚本。"
 
 #. type: Title ###
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198
 #, no-wrap
 msgid "Making a Server status page"
 msgstr "制作服务器状态页面"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201
 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page."
 msgstr "使用 `-m` 命令行参数，可以生成服务器统计信息以放在网页上。"
 
 #. type: Plain text
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203
 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):"
 msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本(假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'):"
 
 #. type: Fenced code block
-#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117
+#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204
 #, no-wrap
 msgid ""
 "<?php\n"
@@ -367,10 +547,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "?>\n"
 "<?php loadserverstat ( \"stat1.dat\" ); ?>\n"
 
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#~| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
-#~ msgid "   --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n"
-#~ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`"
+#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:"
+#~ msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:"
+
+#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64."
+#~ msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。"
+
+#, no-wrap
+#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n"
+#~ msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth."
+#~ msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。"
 
 #, no-wrap
 #~ msgid ""

From 33582a27a4a26711038ff56da49e3e378c4f3ba2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Peter L Jones <peter.l.jones.dymlyd@gmail.com>
Date: Wed, 18 Dec 2024 10:58:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 138/138] Fixes 1042: Clarify release tagging

---
 contribute/en/Release-Process.md | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md
index 02f4935b7..b32ad553c 100644
--- a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md
+++ b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md
@@ -284,10 +284,10 @@ Current state: <!-- Planning|Translations (beta)|Code freeze (rc)|Released -->
 - [ ] [Tag a release candidate](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release) (inform emlynmac for signing on macOS and upload signed binary from his repo to ours).
   - [ ] Announce the release candidate on Github Discussions. Pin the thread. Unpin and lock the beta thread.
   - [ ] Draft an announcement, include all contributors via `tools/get_release_contributors.py`
-- [ ] [Update the version number in `Jamulus.pro` and add the release date to the Changelog header and commit](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release)
 - [ ] [Update the Changelog](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#updating-the-changelog)
-- [ ] Tag this commit as `r3_y_z`
-  - [ ] Wait for the build to complete
+- [ ] [Tag the release version](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release):
+  - [ ] Update the version number in `Jamulus.pro` and add the release date to the Changelog header and commit.
+  - [ ] Wait for the release build to complete.
   - [ ] Contact emlynmac for signing on macOS and upload signed binary [from his](https://github.com/emlynmac/jamulus/releases/) repo [to ours](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).
   - [ ] Do a smoke test for Windows/Mac/Linux -- Do the binaries start/connect properly? Can earlier Jamulus versions properly connect to a server based on the new release?
   - [ ] [Force tag that tag as `latest` and push.](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#if-this-is-a-proper-release-move-the-latest-tag)